PONDICHERRY UNIVERSITY

Department of Politics & International

Studies

2023-24

UNDER GRADUATE CURRICULUM

FRAME WORK – 2023

BASED ON
NATIONAL EDUCATION POLICY 2020

As Amended on
06.12.2024
 CONTENT

Regulations 1

Structure of the Undergraduate Programme 3

Assessment Methods 4

Letter Grades and Grade Points 5

Semester-wise Distribution of Courses and Credits 7

7
Course Structure and Syllabus

Semester I 12

Semester II 23

Semester III 38

Semester IV 58

Semester V 76

Semester VI 99

Semester VII 120

Semester VIII 151

Semester VIII with Research 171

 REGULATIONS
B.A. Honours in Political Science
(With effect from the Academic Year 2023-2024 onwards)

Eligibility for the UG Programmes

Senior Secondary School Leaving Certificate or Higher Secondary (12th Grade) Certificate
obtained after successfully completing Grade 12 or equivalent stage of education
corresponding to Level-4 (Levels in NHEQF).

Duration of the Programme

The duration of the UG programme is 4 years or 8 semesters. Students who desire to undergo
a 3-year UG Programme will be allowed to exit after completion of the 3rd year. If a student
wants to leave after the completion of the first or second year, the student will be given a UG
Certificate or UG Diploma, respectively, provided they secure the prescribed number of credits
(as given in the table below). Students who exit with a UG certificate or UG diploma are
permitted to re-enter within three years and complete the degree programme. Students may be
permitted to take a break from the study, they are allowed to re-enter the degree programme
within 3 years and complete the programme within the stipulated maximum period of seven
years.

AWARDING OF UG CERTIFICATE, UG DIPLOMA, AND DEGREES

UG Certificate: Students who opt to exit after completion of the first year and have earned a
minimum of 42 credits will be awarded a Certificate in Political Science if, in addition, they
complete work-based vocational course/internship of 4 credits during the summer vacation of
the first year.
UG Diploma: Students who opt to exit after completion of the second year and have earned a
minimum of 84 credits will be awarded a Diploma in Political Science if, in addition, they
complete wok based vocational course/internship of 4 credits during the summer vacation of
the second year.
3 year UG Degree: Students who wish to discontinue after the 3-year UG programme will be
awarded a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science after successful completion of three years,
earning a minimum of 124 credits and satisfying the minimum credit requirements as
mentioned in the table below.

1
Two Streams of B.A Honours degree after the student completes one year after acquiring
B.A Political Science.
Two Options shall be available for students. They are :

Option I
4-year UG Degree (Honours): A Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in Political Science will be
awarded to those who complete a four-year degree programme, earning a minimum of
164 credits and have satisfied the credit requirements as mentioned in the table below.

Option II
4-year UG Degree (Honours with Research): Students who secure a minimum of 7.5
CGPA in the first six semesters and wish to undertake research at the undergraduate level can
choose a research stream in the fourth year. They should do a research project or dissertation
under the guidance of a faculty member of the Department of Political Science. The research
project/dissertation will be in the major discipline. The students who secure a minimum of 164
credits, including 12 credits from a research project/dissertation, will be awarded a Bachelor
of Arts (Honours with Research) in Political Science.

2
 STRUCTURE OF THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME

The UG Programme offered by the University shall confirm to the structure specified
hereunder. A programme must mandate the students to complete 124 credits to complete a
basic Bachelor’s Degree within first 3 years. With an additional 40 credits of coursework one
can pursue 4th Year Honours or Honours with Research Degree. The UG Programme will
consist of the following categories of courses and the minimum credit requirements for 3-year
UG and 4-year UG(Honours) or UG (Honours with Research) programmes are given below.

Table 1 - Breakup of Credits and Courses- Minimum requirement Outline

Sl.No. Component 3 Year UG 4 Year UG
(Honours/Honours With
research)
1 Major 60 Credits 80 Credits
Disciplinary/Inter-disciplinary Courses (15 Courses of 4 credits) (20 Courses of 4 credits)
2 Minor Disciplinary/interdisciplinary 24 Credits 32 Credits
Courses (Vocational (6 Courses of 4 Credits) (8 Courses of 4 credits)
programme included)
3 Multi-Disciplinary 9 Credits 9 Credits
Courses (3 courses of 3 credits) (3 courses of 3 credits)
4 Ability Enhancement 12 Credits 12 Credits
Courses (4 courses of 3 credits) (4 courses of 3 credits)
5 Skill Enhancement 9 Credits 9 Credits
Course (3 courses of 3 credits) (3 courses of 3 credits)
6 Value-added courses 8 Credits 8 Credits
(4 courses of 2 credits) (4 courses of 2 credits)
7 Summer Internship (4credits- Included in Major (4 credits-Included in Major
courses of 60 courses of 80 credits)
credits)
8 Community engagement and service 2 Credits 2 Credits
(1 course) (1 course)
9 Research Dissertation Project - 12 Credits

10 Total 124 164

Note: Honours students’ not undertaking research will do 3 courses for 12 credits in lieu of
a Research Project/Dissertation.

3
 ASSESSMENT METHODS

Continuous Assessment and End Semester Examination marks and evaluation of skill
based/vocational courses/ Internships and other hands on/field-based courses.

All theory courses in a UG programme shall carry a continuous assessment component of 40

marks and end semester assessment component of 60 marks as per PU CBCS regulations.

The pattern of evaluation will be applied for skill-based courses, vocational education courses,
internships, practical, lab/field/project works, and related skill-based activities, based on the
learning outcomes planned for such courses as decided by the competent authority.

1. Language and Comprehension of the report 25 + 25+10 = 60

writing, Reporting Style and Viva
2. Domain Knowledge + Research Aptitude and 20 + 20 = 40
originality
Total 100

Minimum Marks for Pass

 A student shall be declared to have passed the course only if she/he gets a minimum
of 40% marks in the end-semester exam and
 A minimum of 50% marks in aggregate when continuous assessment and end-
semester examination marks are put together.

4
 LETTER GRADES AND GRADE POINTS

Performance of students in each paper will be expressed as marks as well as Letter Grades.

Table II
Letter Grade Grade Point
O (outstanding) 10
A+ (Excellent) 9
A (Very good) 8
B+ (Good) 7
B (Above average) 6
C (Average) 5
P (Pass) 4
F (Fail) 0
Ab (Absent) 0

In case of fractions the marks shall be rounded off to nearest integer. The class interval
Kwill be calculated by the formula given below:

K = (X-50)/6
where X is the highest mark secured.
According to K value, one of the following grading scheme will be followed.

(i) If K ≥ 5, then the grades shall be awarded as given in Table III.

Table III
Range of Marks in % Letter Grade Points for Letter Grade Points for

X to (X-K)+1 O 10
(X-K) to (X-2K)+1 A+ 9
(X-2K) to (X-3K)+1 A 8
(X-3K) to (X-4K)+1 B+ 7
(X-4K) to (X-5K)+1 B 6
(X-5K) to 50 C 5
40 – 49 P 4
Below 40 F 0
Absent (Lack of A 0
Attendance)

5
 (i) If K<5, then the grades shall be awarded as given in Table IV.

Table IV
Range of Marks in % Letter Grade Points for Letter Grade Points for
80-100 O 10
71-79 A+ 9
66-70 A 8
61-65 B+ 7
56-60 B 6
50-55 C 5
40-49 P 4
Below 40 F 0
Absent (lack of Ab 0
attendance)

6
 SEMESTER WISE DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES AND CREDITS

Certificate in Political Science

Semester I
Sl. No Course Code Title of the Course Credits
Major
1. PSMA 101 Understanding Political Theory 4
Minor
2. PSMI 102 Ideas in Indian Political Thought 4
Skill Enhancement Course 1
3. PSSE 103 Citizens Redressal Mechanism and RTI 3
Act,2005
Disciplinary Credits - Total 11
Multidisciplinary Course
(for other department students)
4. PSMD 104 Colonialism and Nationalism in India 3
Ability Enhancement Course
5. English -1 (Or) 3
Language Course - 1
Value Added Course
6. VAC 1 - Environmental Science / Edn 2
7. VAC 2 - Understanding India 2
Overall Credits - Total 21

Certificate in Political Science

Semester II
Sl. No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA105 Perspectives on Public Administration 4
Minor
2. PSMI 106 Introduction to International Relations: 4
Theories, Concepts and Debates
Skill Enhancement Course2
3. PSSE 107 Conduct of Elections in India: Voters, Candidates 3
and Campaigns
Multidisciplinary Course
(for other department students)
4. PSMD 108 Introduction to the Indian Constitution 3
Disciplinary Credits -Total 14
Ability Enhancement Course
5. MIL 1 3
Value Added Course
6. VAC 3- Health and Well-being 2
7. VAC 4- Digital Technologies 2
Overall Credits - Total 21

7
 Diploma in Political Science
Semester III
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 201 Constitutional Government and Democracy in 4
India
2. PSMA 202 Political Theory: Concepts and Debates 4
Minor
3. PSMI 203 Methods and Approaches in Comparative 4
Political Analysis
Skill Enhancement Course 3
4. PSSE 204 Mapping the Policy Process: Research, Writing and 3
Analysis
Multidisciplinary Course
(for other department students)
5. PSMD 205 Indian Constitution: Key Debates 3
Disciplinary Credits -Total 18
Ability Enhancement Course
6. English 2 3
Overall Credits - Total 21

Diploma in Political Science

Semester IV
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 206 Public Administration in India 4
2. PSMA 207 Concepts in Comparative Political Analysis 4
3. PSMA 208 Ancient and Medieval Indian Political Thought 4
Minor
4. PSMI 209 Global Politics 4
(Summer Internship is initiated during this
semester break and evaluated during the next
semester.

Disciplinary Credits -Total 16

5. MIL 2 3
Value Added Course
6. VAC 5- Community Engagement and Service 2
Overall Credits – Total 21

8
 B.A Political Science
Semester V
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 301 Western Political Philosophy - I 4
2. PSMA 302 Modern Indian Political Thought 4
3. PSMA 303 Political Process in India 4
4. PSMA 304 Internship & Viva ( 60 marks for report and 4
40 marks for Viva)
Minor
5. PSMI 305 International Political Economy 4
Total 20

B.A Political Science

Semester VI
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 306 Public Policy 4
2. PSMA 307 Comparative Political Systems 4
3. PSMA 308 India’s Foreign Policy: Challenges and 4
Strategies
4. PSMA 309 Contemporary Political Economy 4
Minor
5. PSMI 310 Citizenship in a Globalizing World 4
Total 20

9
 B.A. Honours in Political Science
Semester VII
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 401 Western Political Philosophy - II 4
2. PSMA 402 Feminism: Theory and Practice 4
3. PSMA 403 Power Dilemmas in International Relations 4
Minor
4. PSMI 404 Minor course 1 * 4
5. to Minor course 2 * 4
PSMI 409
Total 20
* Basket of Minor Courses (for Semester VII)

BASKET OF MINOR COURSES

Sl. No Course Code Title of the Course Credits

1. PSMI 404 An Introduction to Indigenous Studies 4

2. PSMI 405 Gandhi and the Contemporary World 4
3. PSMI 406 Legislative Practices and Procedures 4
4. PSMI 407 Understanding Ambedkar 4
5. PSMI 408 The Idea of the Political: Perspectives from the 4
Indian Intellectual Tradition
6. PSMI 409 Contemporary Debates in Indian Politics 4

B.A Honours in Political Science

Semester VIII
Sl.No Course Code Title of the Course Credits

Major
1. PSMA 410 Development Process and Social 4
Movements in Contemporary India
2. PSMA 411 Comparative Constitutionalism 4
3. PSMA 412 Dilemmas in Politics 4
4. PSMA 413 Citizenship and Governance 4
5. PSMA 414 Development and Migration in Comparative 4
Perspective
Total 20

10
 B.A Honours (With Research) in Political Science
Semester VIII
Sl.No Course Code Title of the Course Credits

Major
1. PSMA 415 Ethics, Politics and Governance 4
2. PSMA 416 Research Methods in Politics 4
PSMA 417 Project/Dissertation and Viva-voce 12
Total 20

For those students entering the programme from another discipline for the last two semesters
of Honours Programme with research, their dissertation shall be awarded as under

Name of the UG Degree – Political Science ( Interdisciplinary)

11
 Semester-wise detailed papers

Certificate in Political Science

Semester I
Sl. No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 101 Understanding Political Theory 4
Minor
2. PSMI 102 Ideas and Institutions in Indian Political 4
Thought
Skill Enhancement Course 1
3. PSSE 103 Citizens Redressal Mechanism and RTI 3
Act,2005
Disciplinary Credits - Total 11
Multidisciplinary Course
(for other department students)
4. PSMD 104 Colonialism and Nationalism in India 3
Ability Enhancement Course
5. English -1 3
(Or)
Language Course - 1
Value Added Course
6. VAC 1 - Environmental Science / Ed. 2
7. VAC 2 - Understanding India 2
Overall Credits - Total 21

12
 PSMA 101: Understanding Political Theory
Learning Objectives
This course introduces the various ways of theorizing politics. The idea is to introduce and
assess the conventional as well as contemporary approaches to understanding politics. The
course familiarizes students with central debates in political theory. It investigates various
traditions and critical perspectives on political theory. The core aim is develop critical and
analytical skills among students and the development of their understanding to some of the
key concepts in political practices.
Learning outcomes
After completion of this course, students will
 Understand the various traditions and approaches of political theory and appreciate how they
get reflected in organizing social living
 Understand multiple frames by which the idea of political community is debated
 Understand the significance of theorizing and relating theory to practice

UNIT – I (3 Weeks)
What is Politics: Theorizing the ‘Political’
UNIT – II (4 Weeks)
Approaches to Political Theory: Normative, Historical and Empirical
UNIT – III (4 Weeks)
Traditions of Political Theory: Liberal, Marxist, Anarchist and Conservative
UNIT – IV (4 Weeks)
Critical Perspectives in Political Theory: Feminist and Postmodern
UNIT – V (3 Weeks)
The Idea of Political Community: Political Obligation

Essential/recommended readings
Unit 1
 McKinnon, C. (2008) ‘Introduction’. Issues in Political Theory. New York: Oxford
University Press.
 Bhargava, R. (2008) ‘What is Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds),
Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 2-16.
 Bhargava, R. (2008) ‘Why do we need Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya,
A. (eds), Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 17-36.
Unit 2
 Glaser, D. (1995) ‘Normative Theory’, in Marsh, D. And Stoker, G. (eds), Theory
andMethods in Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 21-40.
 Sanders, D. (1995) ‘Behavioral Analysis’, in Marsh, D. And Stoker, G. (eds), Theory
andMethods in Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 58-75.
 Ball, T. (2004). ‘History and the Interpretation of Texts’, in Gerald F. Gaus and
ChandranKukathas (eds), Handbook of Political Theory. New Delhi: Sage Publications,
pp. 18- 30.
Unit 3 and 4
 Heywood, A. (1992) Political Ideologies. Basingstoke: Macmillan Turner, R. (1993)
‘Anarchism: What is it?’ Politics Review 3 (1): 28-32.
 Chapman, J. (1995) ‘The Feminist Perspectie’, in in Marsh, D. And Stoker, G. (eds), Theory
and Methods in Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 94-114.

13
  Chambers, C. (2008) ‘Gender’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 265-288.
 Bannett, J. (2004) ‘Postmodern Approach to Political Theory’, in Kukathas, C. and Gaus G.
 F. (eds), Handbook of Political Theory. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 46-54.
Unit 5
 Shorten, A. (2016). ‘Political Community’, in Contemporary Political Theory. Palgrave, pp.
 18- 45.
 Brighouse, H. (2008) ‘Citizenship’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 241-264.
 Roy, A. (2008) ‘Citizenship’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 130-146.
 Hyums, K. (2008) ‘Political Authority and Obligation’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in
Political Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 9-26.
 Martin, Rex. (2003) ‘Political Obligation’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds),
Political Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 41-51.
 Knowles, D. (2001). ‘Political Obligation’, in Political Philosophy. London: Routledge, pp.
 239-298.
Suggestive readings
 Bellamy, R. (1993) ‘Introduction: The Demise and Rise of Political Theory’, in Bellamy, R.
(ed.), Theory and Concepts of Politics. New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 1-14.
 Vincent, A. (2004) The Nature of Political Theory. New York: Oxford University Press.
Jaggar,
 A. (1983) Feminist Politics and Human Nature. Forbes Boulevard: Rowman and Litlefield.
 Vattimo, Gianni, 1988 [1985], The End of Modernity: Nihilism and Hermeneutics in
Postmodern Culture, Jon R. Snyder (trans.), Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
 Klosko, G. (2005) Political Obligations. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

14
 PSMI 102: Ideas and Institutions in Indian Political Thought

Learning Objective:
This paper introduces students to certain basic terms of ancient Indian thought. While drawing
a historical trajectory of these concepts, students will also be familiarized with theories and
philosophy of these ideas. Students will also learn about the ancient institutions that were in
place at that time, their functioning and duties, broader norms, roles and responsibilities which
guided the state and its important apparatuses. As it is difficult to bring in all the diverse
traditions and institutions, attempts have been made to introduce those that have been most
talked about. This paper seeks to challenge the hegemonic bias of euro-centric terms that had
debunked ancient Indian thought as limiting. It thus aims to re-ignite the quest for learning for
Indian political thought.

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course students would have acquired
 The knowledge of ideas of Indian political thought
 Acquaintance with institutions of Indian political thought
 Comprehensive understanding of Indian political thought
 Challenging the colonial mindset of underestimating India’s rich historical past

UNIT – I (3 Weeks)
Statecraft in Ancient India
UNIT – II (3 Weeks)
Dharma, Dhamma, Danda
UNIT – III (3 Weeks)
Nyaya, Niti
UNIT – IV (3 Weeks)
Sabha, Samiti
UNIT – V (3 Weeks)
Rajya, Rashtra
UNIT – VI (3 Weeks)
Varna, Jati

Essential/recommended readings
Unit 1 : Statecraft in Ancient India
 Benoy Kumar Sarkar, “The Hindu Theory of the State”, Political Science Quarterly, Vol.
 36, No. 1 (March 1921), pp. 79-90 . Beni Prasad, The State in Ancient India: Study in the
Structure and Practical Working of Political Institutions in North India in Ancient Times, The
Indian Press, Allahabad, 1928, pp. 1- 16
Unit 2: Dharma, Dhamma, Danda
 Rupert Gethin, “He who sees Dhamma sees Dhammas: Dhamma in Early Buddhism” in
Journal of Indian Philosophy. Vol 32, No5/6 (December 2004) pp.513-542
 Margaret Chatterjee, “The Concept of Dharma” in M.C.Doeser and J.N.Kraay (eds.) Facts
and Values. Philosophical reflections from Western and Non-Western Perspectives, Martinus
Nijhoff Publishers, Dordrecht. 1986, PP177-188
 John Ross Carter, Traditional Definitions of the Term "Dhamma" Philosophy East and West,
Vol.
 26, No. 3 (Jul., 1976), pp. 329-337
 Donald R. Davis Jr, “rectitude and rehabilitation (danda) in The Spirit of Hindu Law,

15
 Cambridge University Press, NY, 2010, PP.128-143
 Radha Krishna Choudhry, “Theory of Punishment in Ancient India” in Proceedings of the
Indian History Congress, Vol 10 1947, PP 166-171.
Unit 3: Nyaya, Niti
 Amartya Sen, “Introduction” in The Idea of Justice, Harvard University Press. 2009 Sarkar,
Benoy Kumar Political Institutions, and theories of comparative Politics - pp 158-
 162
 Ghoshal U.N (1983) A History of Hindu Political theory OUP: London pp 213- 222, 247- 259
Unit 4: Sabha, Samiti
 Jagadish P. Sharma, “Non-Monarchical Governments in Vedic India” Republics in
AncientIndia. Brill, Leiden, 1968, pp.15-60
 R.S.Sharma, “Sabha and Samiti” in Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in
AncientIndia. Motilal Banarsidass Publishers. Delhi 1999, reprint. Pp105-118
Unit 5: Rajya, Rashtra
 A.S. Altekar, “Origin and Types of the State” in State and Government in Ancient
India.Motilal Banarsidass, Banaras. 1949 pp. 12-23
 Partha Chatterjee, “All Nations are Modern” in The Truths and Lies of Nationalisms:
Asnarrated by Charvak. Permanent Black. 2021. Pp.5-25
Unit 6 : Varna, Jati
 Sudhakar Chattopadhyaya, “Varna-Jati (caste system)” in Social Life in Ancient India.
 Academic Publishers, Calcutta, 1965, Pp.7-29
 Dipankar Gupta, “From Varna to Jati: The Indian Caste System, from the Asiatic to theFeudal
Mode of Production”, Journal of Contemporary Asia, Vol-10:3, 2008. pp.249- 271
 Nicholas B. Dirks, Castes of Mind: Colonialism and the Making of Modern India, Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press, 2001, pp. 63-80.
Suggestive readings
 Prasad, Beni (1927), Theory of Government in Ancient India (post Vedic), Abhijeet
publications, New Delhi
 Jayaswal, K.P. (2013), Hindu Polity, Vishvabharti Publications, New Delhi.
 Sharma, R.S. (2005), Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India,
MotilalBanarsidass, New Delhi.

16
 PSSE 103 Citizens Redressal Mechanism and RTI Act,2005

Objective: To make the student understand a valid soft skill for serving society and making
the learner a source of assistance for those who require it to ensure prompt public service
delivery - This Course is an enabling instrument for the Government of India’s initiative for
building an informed citizenry and to promote awareness

Unit 1: Introduction to transparency and accountability in public system

 Citizens Charter - Limitations
 Vigilance Awareness- Prevention of corruption - Harmful effects of corruption
 Prevention of Corruption Act 1988

Unit 2: Citizen grievances redressal mechanism in India

 CPGRAMS -Whistleblower complaint mechanism
 Chief Vigilance Commission - Online Complaint Lodging Facility
 Consumer Protection Act 2019

Unit 3: Understanding RTI

 Significance of RTI Act 2005 - Tool for auditing the functioning of Government
 Hands on experience - Online RTI portal

Unit 4: Online complaints Mechanism

 National Commissions for Women, SC and ST

Unit 5: An assessment of the working of the institutions of public grievances redressal

Reading List

 Roy, A., & MKSS Collection. (2018). The RTI Story: Power to the People. Roli
Books Private Limited.
 Kumar, N., Agrawal, A., & Agrawal, K. (2022). RTI: Brief Guide. BFC
Publications.
 Pande, S., & Singh, S. (2007). Right to Information Act, 2005. NBT India.
 Barowalia, J. N. (2010). Commentary on The Right to Information Act.
 Johr, Amrita.(2017). Tilting the Balance of Power - Adjudicating the RTI Act.
 https://thenationaltrust.gov.in/content/innerpage/information-handbook-under-rti-
act-2005.php
 https://pgportal.gov.in/
 https://www.indiacode.nic.in/handle/123456789/2067?sam_handle=123456789/136
2
 S. Naib (2013) ‘Right to Information Act 2005’, in The Right to Information in India,
New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Available
athttp://www.humanrightsinitiative.org/publications/rti/guide_to_use_rti_act_2005_
English2 012_light_A spire.pdf, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
 Baviskar (2010), Winning the right to information in India: Is knowledge power, I n J
Gaventa & RMcGee (eds) Citizen Action and National Policy Reform, London: Zed
 S. M. Laskar (2016), Importance of Right to Information for Good Governance in
India, Bharati Law Review, Oct-Dec, available at

17
  http://docs.manupatra.in/newsline/articles/Upload/AC9CD2C7-B8AD- 4C5A-
B910- 3751BFE5CB28.pdf
 Nyaaya, India’s Laws Explained, Request to Obtain
Information, available at https://nyaaya.in/topic/right-to-information/request-to-
obtain-information
 Redistribution, Recognition and livelihood
 M. Sarin and O. Baginski (2010) India’s Forest Rights Act -The Anatomy of a
Necessary but NotSufficient Institutional Reform, Department for International
Development. Availableat www.ippg.org.uk (Accessed: 10.04.2013).
 J. Dreze, Dey and Khera (2008) Employment Guarantee Act, A Primer, New Delhi:
National Book Trust (Also available in Hindi).
Additional Resources:
 Bare Acts:
 https://www.indiacode.nic.in/bitstream/123456789/15256/1/a2019-35.pdf
 Criminal law Amendment Act, 2013,
http://egazette.nic.in/WriteReadData/2013/E_17_2013_212.pdf Mahatma Gandhi
National Rural Employment Guaranty Act, 2005, http://nrega.nic.in/rajaswa.pdf
chrome-
extension://efaidnbmnnnibpcajpcglclefindmkaj/https://www.indiacode.nic.in/bitstrea
m/123456789/15256/1/a2019- 35.pdfNational Food Security Act 2011,
http://nac.nic.in/foodsecurity/nfsb_final.pdf Protection of Women
 Against Domestic Violence Act, 2005, http://wcd.nic.in/wdvact.pdfRight to
Information Act, 2005, Available at http://righttoinformation.gov.in/rti-act.pdf
 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Prevention of Atrocities Act,
 1989, http://tribal.nic.in/writereaddata/li–nkimages/poaact989E4227472861.pdf
 Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest
Rights) Act 2006,http://tribal.gov.in/writereaddata/mainlinkFile/File1033.pdf
 The Minimum Wages Act, 1948,
http://www.ilo.org/dyn/travail/docs/623/Minimum%20Wages%20Act%201948.pdf
 The Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights, Full
Participation) Act, 1995, Available at
http://bhind.nic.in/Sparsh_disability%20act%201995.pdf
 The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education
Act, 2009, http://www.delta.org.in/form/rte.pdf
 M, Mohanty et al. (2011) Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of People’s Rights in
India. Delhi: Danish Books.
 Centre for Good Governance (2008) Right to Information Act, 2005: A Citizen’s
Guide, Availableat
http://www.rtigateway.org.in/Documents/Publications/A%20CITIZEN'S%20GUIDE
.pdf,Accessed: 10.04.2013.
 K. Sankaran, and U. Singh (eds.) (2008) Towards Legal Literacy. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
 A. Pandey (2004) Rights of the Consumer. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
Suggested exercises for students: What is the procedure to file an RTI?
 You bought an expired product from a nearby shop, and the shopkeeper refused to
return it. Use your knowledge of the Consumer Protection Act to decide what you do
next.
 Do you think the Forest Rights Act (FRA) provisions address the question of gender
equality?

18
 What must you keep in mind as a consumer while making a purchase that may later
help you make use of Consumer Protection Act? (Hint- Should you ask for a Bill?)
 In your surroundings have you witnessed any incident that would be considered
offensive under the SC and ST Act? Make a class room presentation on it.
 After reading the Disabilities Act, discuss in your classroom, whether the differently
abled people in your college are able to exercise the rights and facilities guaranteed
under the law.
 Discuss the procedure for issuing a job card under MNREGA.
 You have read the rural job guarantee scheme under MNREGA. Do you think that
there is a need for similar guarantee scheme in urban areas? Discuss with your
classmate.

19
 PSMD 104 : Colonialism and Nationalism in India

Learning Objectives
The purpose of this course is to help students understand historically the advent of colonialism
in India and the emergence of the discourse on nationalism as a response to it. The aim is to
engage with theoretical explanations of colonialism and nationalism in India at the same time,
study the social, political and institutional practices that unfolded in that period, gradually
paving the way towards independence and democracy in India.
Learning outcomes
 On successful completion of the course, students would be able to:
 Show an understanding of the nature of colonial rule in India and the various developments
through which it consolidated itself.
 Demonstrate awareness of the specific impacts of colonialism on the Indian economy
 Show knowledge of the gradual emergence of the nationalist movement in India in response to
the colonial rule
 Demonstrate an understanding of the distinct periods of the nationalist movement and the nature
of resistance politics adopted in different phases
 Show awareness of the various social movements, the kind of questions they raised and their
contributions in the nationalist movement

UNIT – I (4 Weeks)
Colonialism and Nationalism:
 Main perspectives on colonialism: Liberalism, Marxism, Postcolonialism
 Approaches to the study of nationalism in India: Nationalist, Imperialist, Marxist, subaltern
UNIT – II (3 Weeks)
Colonial Rule in India and its impact:
 Constitutional developments and the colonial state
 Colonial ideology of civilizing mission: Utilitarian and Missionaries
 Impact on agriculture, land relations, industry and ecology
UNIT – III (3 Weeks)
Reform and Resistance:
 The 1857 war of Independence
 Major social and religious movements
 Education and the rise of the new middle class
UNIT – IV (4 Weeks)
Nationalist Politics and Expansion of its Social Base:
 Phases of the Nationalist Movement: Liberal constitutionalist, Swadeshi and the Radicals,
Formation of the Muslim League
 Gandhi and mass mobilisation: Non-cooperation, Civil Disobedience, and Quit India
Movements
 Revolutionaries, Socialists and Communists
 Communalism in Indian Politics
 The two-nation theory, negotiations over partition
UNIT – V (4 Weeks)
 Social Movements:
 Peasants, Tribals, Workers, Women and anti-caste movements

20
Essential/recommended readings
1. Colonialism and Nationalism:
 Chandra, B. (1999) Essays on Colonialism, Hyderabad. Orient Longman, pp.1-22. Chandra, B.
(1988) India’s Struggle for Independence, New Delhi. Penguin, pp.13-30.
 Fulcher, J. (2004) Capitalism: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Datta, G. Sobhanlal. (2007) ‘Imperialism and Colonialism: Towards
a Postcolonial
 Understanding’, in Dasgupta, Jyoti Bhusan (ed.) Science, Technology, Imperialism and
 War. New Delhi: Centre for Studies in Civilization Publication and DK, pp 423-466.
 Guha, Ranajit. (1982). Subaltern Studies, I. Oxford University Press. Delhi. pp.1-8.
 Metcalf, T. (1995) ‘Liberalism and Empire’ in Metcalf, Thomas. Ideologies of the Raj.
 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.28-65.
 Young, R. (2003) Postcolonialism: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University
Press, pp. 9-68.
 Thapar, R. (2000) ‘Interpretations of Colonial History: Colonial, Nationalist, Post-colonial’, in
DeSouza, P.R. (ed.) Contemporary India: Transitions. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 25-36.
2. Colonial Rule in India and its impact:
 Bandopadhyay, S. (2015 revised edition) From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of
Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 37-65; 66-138.
 Chandra, B. (1999) Essays on Colonialism. Hyderabad: Orient Longman, pp. 58-78. Metcalf
and Metcalf. (2002) A Concise History of India. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.
55- 80.
 Sarkar, S. (1983) Modern India (1885-1847). New Delhi: Macmillan.
 Sen, A.P. (2007), ‘The idea of Social reform and its critique among Hindus of Nineteenth
Century India’, in Bhattacharya, Sabyasachi (ed.) Development of Modern Indian Thought and
the Social Sciences. Vol X. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 Guha, R. and Gadgil, M. (1989) ‘State Forestry and Social Conflict in British India’, in Guha,
 R. and Gadgil, M. Past and Present: A Journal of Historical Studies. May: 123, pp. 141- 177.
 Mann, M. (2004) ‘Torchbearers Upon the Path of Progress: Britain's Ideology of a Moral and
Material Progress in India’, in Mann, M. and Fischer-Tine, H. (eds.) Colonialism as Civilizing
Mission: Cultural Ideology in British India. London: Anthem, pp. 1-26.
3. Reform and Resistance:
 Bandopadhyay, S. (2015, revised edition) From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of
Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 139-169.
 Sen, A.P. (2007), ‘The idea of Social reform and its critique among Hindus of Nineteenth
Century India’, in Bhattacharya, Sabyasachi (ed.) Development of Modern Indian Thought and
the Social Sciences. Vol X. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 Bandopadhyay, S. (2008) Eighteen-Fifty-Seven and Its Many Histories, in 1857: Essays from
Economic and Political Weekly, Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan. pp.1-22.
4. Nationalist Politics and Expansion of its Social Base
 Bandopadhyay, S. (2015 revised edition) From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of
Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 227-323; 405-438.
 Sarkar, S. (1983) Modern India (1885-1847). New Delhi: Macmillan.
 Jalal, A. and Bose, S. (1997) Modern South Asia: History, Culture, and Political Economy.
New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 109-119; 128-134; 135-156.
5. Social Movements:
 Bandopadhyaya, S. (2015 revised edition) From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of
Modern India. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 334-381.
 Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Crusade Against Caste System, in Social Background
of Indian Nationalism, Sage.
 Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Crusade Against Untouchability, in Social Background
of Indian Nationalism, Sage.

21
  Desai, A.R. (2019, reprint- 6th edition) Movement for the Emancipation of Women, in Social
Background of Indian Nationalism, Sage.
Suggestive readings
 Chandra, B. (1988) India’s Struggle for Independence, New Delhi. Penguin. Chatterjee, P.
(2010) ‘A Brief History of Subaltern Studies’, in Chatterjee, Partha Empire &
 Nation: Essential Writings (1985-2005). New Delhi: Permanent Black.
 Metcalf, T. (1995) Ideologies of the Raj. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 132-
148.
 Islam, S. (2004) ‘The Origins of Indian Nationalism’, in Religious Dimensions of Indian
Nationalism. New Delhi: Media House, pp. 71-103.
 Islam, S. (2006) ‘Rashtravaad: Ek Siddhanthik Pareepeksha’, in Bharat Mein Algaovaadaur
Dharm. New Delhi: Vani Prakashan, pp. 33-51.
 Pradhan, Ram Chandra. (2008) Raj to Swaraj. New Delhi: Macmillan.
 Sangari, Kumkun and Vaid, S. (1989) Recasting Woman: Essays in Colonial History. New
Delhi: Oxford University Press.

22
 Certificate in Political Science
Semester II
Sl. No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA105 Perspectives on Public Administration 4
Minor
2. PSMI 106 Introduction to International Relations: 4
Theories, Concepts and Debates
Skill Enhancement Course2
3. PSSE 107 Conduct of Elections in India: Voters, Candidates 3
and Campaigns
Multidisciplinary Course
(for other department students)
4. PSMD 108 Introduction to the Indian Constitution 3
Disciplinary Credits -Total 14
Ability Enhancement Course
5. MIL 1 3
Value Added Course
6. VAC 3- Health and Well-being 2
7. VAC 4- Digital Technologies 2
Overall Credits - Total 21

23
 PSMA105: Perspectives on Public Administration

Learning Objectives
The course provides an introduction to the discipline of public administration. This paper
encompasses public administration in its historical context with an emphasis on the various
classical and contemporary administrative theories. The course also explores some of the non-
mainstream trends, including feminism and perspectives from the Global South on public
administration
Learning outcomes
On completion of this course, the student can be expected to
 Have a comprehensive understanding of the conceptual roots of the discipline of Public
Administration
 Understand how theorising is done in this discipline
 Understand how new perspectives like that of gender influence the orientation of both
theory and practice in the discipline.

UNIT – I (12 Hours)

Public Administration as a Discipline
 Ancient Roots of Public Administration: Perspectives from India (Kautilya’s
 Arthashastra)
 Modern PA: An overview of the theoretical journey
 Principles of Public Administration
 Theorising Public Administration
UNIT – II (15 Hours)
Mainstream/ Traditional Theoretical Perspectives
 Scientific management (F.W.Taylor)
 Ideal-type bureaucracy (Max Weber)
 Human relations theory (Elton Mayo)
 Rational decision-making (Herbert Simon)
 Ecological approach (Fred Riggs)
UNIT – III (09 Hours)
Contemporary Theoretical Perspectives
 New Public Management, New Public Service
 Multiple Perspectives on Governance: Good Governance, Collaborative
 Governance, Network Governance, Digital Governance
UNIT – IV (09 Hours)
Gender Perspectives on Public Administration
 Gender and Governance
 Gender sensitivity and participation in administration

Essential/recommended readings
Unit 1. Public Administration as a Discipline
a. Ancient Roots of Public Administration
 Kumar, A. Administration in Kautilya’s Arthashastra in M.M. Shankhder & G. Kaur
Politics in India Deep and Deep Publicaitons, New Delhi, 2005, pp. 83-94.

24
  Muniyapan, B. Kautilya’s Arthashastra and Perspectives on Organizational
Management Asian Social Science Vol. 4, No. 1 January 2008, PP. 30-34.
a. Modern PA: An overview of the theoretical journey
 D. Rosenbloom, R. Kravchuk. and R. Clerkin (2022), Public Administration:
Understanding Management, Politics and Law in Public Sector, 9th edition,
Routledge, New York, pp. 1-40.
 W. Wilson (2004) ‘The Study of Administration’, in B. Chakrabarty and M.
Bhattacharya (eds), Administrative Change and Innovation: A Reader, New Delhi:
OUP, pp. 85-101.
b. Principles of Public Administration
 Nicholas Henry, Public Administration and Public Affairs, Prentice Hall, Ch
2(Paradigms of Public Administration).
c. Theorising Public Administration
 F. H. George, K. B. Smith, C. W. Larimer and M. J. Licari (2015) The Public
Administration Theory Primer, Chapter Introduction: The Possibilities of Theory,
Routledge.
 Unit 2. Mainstream/ Traditional Theoretical Perspectives:
 D. Gvishiani (1972) Organisation and Management, Moscow: Progress Publishers.
 F. Taylor (2004), ‘Scientific Management’, in J. Shafritz, and A. Hyde (eds.) Classics
of Public Administration, 5th Edition. Belmont: Wadsworth.
 P. Mouzelis (2003), ‘The Ideal Type of Bureaucracy’ in B. Chakrabarty, And M.
Bhattacharya (eds), Public Administration: A Reader, New Delhi: OUP.
 D. Ravindra Prasad, Y. Pardhasaradhi, V. S. Prasad and P. Satyrnarayana (eds.)
(2010), Administrative Thinkers, Sterling Publishers.
 M. Weber (1946), ‘Bureaucracy’, in C. Mills, and H. Gerth, From Max Weber: Essays
in Sociology Oxford: Oxford University Press.
 Warren G. Bennis (1973), Beyond Bureaucracy, Mc Graw Hill.
 R. Arora (2003) ‘Riggs’ Administrative Ecology’ in B. Chakrabarty and M.
Bhattacharya (eds), Public Administration: A reader, New Delhi, Oxford University
Press.
 F. Riggs (1964) Administration in Developing Countries: The Theory of Prismatic
Society Boston: Houghton Miffin.
Unit 3. Contemporary Theoretical Perspectives
a. New Public Management, New Public Service
 S.P. Osborne, & K. Mclaughlin, New Public Management in Context in S.P. Osborne,
K. Mclaughlin & E. Ferlie (eds). New Public Management: Current Trends and
Future Prospects, Routledge,London and New York, 2002, pp.7-33.
b. Multiple Perspectives on Governance
 Manoharan and M. Holzer, E-Governance and Civic Engagement: Factors and
Determinants of E- Democracy, IGI Global: PA, USA, 2012.
 S. Dhal, E-Governance and Citizen Engagement: New Directions in Public
Administration, New Delhi: Sage Publishers, 2022.
Unit 4. Gender Perspectives on Public Administration
 C. Stivers, Gender Images in Public Administration: Legitimacy and the
Administrative State, California: Sage, 2002, Introduction.
 S. Wharton, The Sociology of Gender, West Sussex: Blackwell-Wiley, 2012.
 S. Dhall, Public Policy Discourse and Sexual Minorities: Balancing Democratic
Aspirations, Political Expediency and Moral Rights, Indian Journal of Public
Administration, 68 (1), 202

25
PSMI 106: Introduction to International Relations: Theories, Concepts and
Debates

Learning Objectives
This paper introduces students to some key theories, concepts and debates of international
relations. While historically contextualizing the evolution of mainstream IR theories, students
will also learn about the leading debates aimed at de-centring and pluralizing the knowledge
base of IR. The debates and conversations on the genealogies of Indian perspectives on IR are
anchored in this backdrop. The students will learn how to critically engage with the Eurocentric
view of IR through decolonial accounts that foreground the agency of the colonial experience,
race and culture that not only identify proximately with the Global South but are also co-
constitutive of European modernity, the social sciences and the foundations of the IR discipline.
The course weaves in some of the major concepts— power, sovereignty, empire and
international order—that push the boundaries of the discipline through understandings derived
from diverse standpoints. The final segment–– Global IR and the relational turn in international
relations– apprises the students with the new directions in the discipline
Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students would have acquired:
• Familiarization with key theories, concepts, and debates of International Relations.
• Comprehensive re-reading of the origin of IR and its mainstream theories and concepts,
with basic tools to question statist ontology and reification of eurocentrism.
• Appreciation of decolonial accounts that challenge the mainstream and parochial
International Relations.
• Understanding of the genealogy and contributions of the IR scholarship in India to the
disciplinary debates through a re-reading of its classical texts and, contemporary writings.
• Analysis of the assumptions and key concepts of IR such as power, sovereignty, empire
and international order.
• Learning about the new directions in IR via a critical engagement with Global IR and the
relational turn in IR.
UNIT – I (12 Hours)
What is IR and, its Contested Origins
a. What is IR
b. Reading the Big Bangs
c. Bringing in De-colonial Accounts
d. Understanding the genealogy of IR discipline in India
UNIT – II (15 Hours)
Theories of IR
a. Introduction to IR Theories
b. Realpolitik (Kautilya)/ Realism/ Neo-Realism
c. Liberalism/ Neo-liberalism
d. Marxism/ Neo-Marxism
e. Feminism
f. Constructivism
UNIT – III (9 Hours)
Concepts
a. Power
b. Sovereignty
c. Empire
d. International Order

26
UNIT – IV (9 Hours)
Exploring the Future Trajectories
a. Global IR
b. A Relational Turn?

Essential/recommended readings
Unit I. What is IR and the story of its contested origins
a. What is IR?
Essential Readings
 David Blaney (2020), “Where, When and What is IR?”, in Arlene B, Tickner and
Karen Smith (eds.) International Relations from the Global South: World of
Difference. Routledge: New York.
 Robert Jackson and Georg Sørensen (2019). ‘Why study IR’, in Introduction to
International Relations: Theories and Approaches, OUP: New York, pp.3-32.
Additional Readings
 Nicholson, Michael (2002). International Relations: A Concise introduction, NYU
Press: NY. pp. 1-
 15.
 Richard Devetak (2012). An introduction to international relations: The origins and
changing agendas of a discipline”, in R. Devetak, A. Burke and J. George (eds.) An
Introduction to
 International Relations, 2nd ed, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 1-19.
b. Reading the Big Bangs Essential readings
 B. De Carvalho, H. Leira and J. M. Hobson (2011). The Big Bangs of IR: The Myths
that Your Teachers Still Tell You about 1648 and 1919. Millennium, 39(3): 735–758.
Kevin Blachford. (2021). ‘From Thucydides to 1648: The “Missing” Years in IR
andthe Missing Voices in World History’ International Studies Perspectives, 22:4, pp.
495- 508.
Additional readings
 Amitav Acharya and Barry Buzan (2019). ‘Introduction’ in A. Acharya & B. Buzan,
The Making of Global International Relations Origins and Evolution of IR at its
Centenary,Cambridge University Press: UK. pp. 1–7.
 J. Havercroft (2012). “Was Westphalia ‘all that’? Hobbes, Bellarmine, and the norm
of nonintervention”. Global Constitutionalism, 1 (1): 120-140.
 Amitav Acharya and Barry Buzan (2019). ‘International Relations up to 1919: Laying
the Foundations’ in The Making of Global International Relations Origins and
Evolution of IR at its Centenary, Cambridge University Press: UK. pp. 33-66.
c. Bringing in De-colonial Account
Essential Readings
 Peter Vale and Vineet Thakur (2020). ‘IR and the Making of the White Man’s
World,’ in
 A.B. Tickner and K. Smith (eds.) International Relations from the Global
South:Worlds of Difference, London: Routledge, pp. 56-74.
 Shampa Biswas (2020). ‘Postcolonialism’, in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and Steve
Smith (eds.) International Relations Theories: Discipline and Diversity, London:
OUP, pp. 219- 234.
Additional Readings

27
  Amitav Acharya, Barry Buzan (2017). “Why is there no Non-Western
InternationalRelations Theory? Ten years on”, International Relations of the Asia-
Pacific,17(3): 341– 370.
 Zeynep Gulsah Capan (2017). Decolonising International Relations? Third World
Quarterly, 38
 (1): 1-15.
 Sankaran Krishna (2018). ‘Postcolonialism: The relevance for IR in a globalized
world’ in Randolph Persaud, Alina Sajed (Eds), Race, Gender, and Culture in
International Relations Postcolonial Perspectives, Routledge: NY, London.
 Pinar Bilgin (2016). ‘How to remedy Eurocentrism in IR? A complement and a
challenge for The Global Transformation’, International Theory, 8 (3): pp. 492-501.
a. Understanding the genealogy of IR discipline in India
Essential Readings
 Navnita Chadha Behara (2007). “Re-imagining IR in India”, International Relations
of theAsia- Pacific 7(3): 341-68.
 Kanti P. Bajpai and Siddharth Mallavarapu, eds. (2005). “International Relations in
India: Bringing Theory Back Home” New Delhi: Orient Longman. Chp.1. pp. 17-38
Additional Readings
 Ramchandra Guha (2009). ‘Introduction’. In Tagore, R., Nationalism. New Delhi:
Penguin.pp. vii- ix.
 T. V. Paul (2009). “ Integrating International Relations Scholarship in India into
Global Scholarship,” International Studies 46(1&2): 129-45.
 Martin J. Bayly (2021). Lineages of Indian International Relations: The Indian
Council on World Affairs, the League of Nations, and the Pedagogy of
Internationalism, The nternational History Review, online first (pp. 1-17), DOI:
10.1080/07075332.2021.1900891.
 S. Mallavarapu (2012). ‘Indian Thinking in International Relations’ in B.S. Chimni
and Siddharth Mallavarapu ed. International Relations: Perspectives for the Global
South (New Delhi: Pearson, 2012), pp.22-38.
Unit 2. Theories of IR
a. Introduction to IR Theories
Essential Readings
 Stephen M. Walt (1998). “International Relations: One World, Many Theories.”
Foreign Policy, 110: 29–46. https://doi.org/10.2307/1149275.
 S. Mallavarapu (2009) Development of International Relations
Theory in India. International Studies, 46 (1–2): 165–183.
Additional Readings
 Karen A. Mingst, Ivan M. Arreguín-Toft (2019). ‘Approaches to International
Relations’ in
 Essentials of International Relations (8th edition), Norton: Canada: pp. 3-18.
 Toni Erskine (2013). “Normative International Relations Theory”, in Tim Dunne,
MiljaKurki, and Steve Smith (eds.) International Relations: Theories, Discipline and
Diversity. Oxford University Press: UK, 3rd edition. pp. 36-58.
a. Realpolitique (Kautilya)/ Realism/ Neo-Realism
Essential Readings
 Shahi, Deepshikha (2019). "Kautilya Reincarnated: Steering Arthaśāstra Toward an
Eclectic Theory of International Relations” in Kautilya and the Non-Western IR
Theory, Springer International Publishing; Palgrave Pivot. pp. 95-126.

28
  Jindal, Nirmal (2020). Kautilya’s Realpolitik’ in Nirmal Jindal, Kamal Kumar
(eds.).
 International Relations: Theory and Practice, Sage Publications, India. Pp.151-170.
 T. Dunne, M. Kurki and S. Smith (eds.) (2013). International Relations Theories,
Discipline and Diversity. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 3rd edition. (Ch 3:
Classical Realism, pp. 59- 76 by Richard Ned Lebow; and Ch 4: Structural Realism
by John J. Mearsheimer- pp.77- 93).
 Waltz, K.N (1990), ‘Realist Thought and Neorealist Theory’, Journal of International
Affairs Editorial Board, Vol.44, No.1, pp.21-37.
Additional Readings
 S. Kalyanaraman (2015). ‘Arthashastra, Diplomatic History and the Study of
International Relations in India’, in P.K. Gautam et. al. (eds.) Indigenous Historical
Knowledge: Kautilya and His Vocabulary, Volume 1, Pentagon Press: India, pp.1-4.
 Medha Bisht (2015). ‘Revisiting the Arthasastra: Back to Understanding IR’ in
PradeepKumar Gautam et. al. (eds.) Indigenous Historical Knowledge: Kautilya and
His Vocabulary, Volume 2, Pentagon Press: New Delhi, pp. 20-31.
 Cynthia Weber (2010). ‘Realism: is international anarchy the permissive cause of
war?’, In International Relations Theory: A Critical Introduction, 3rd ed., New York:
Routledge, pp. 13-36.
a. Liberalism/ Neo-liberalism
Essential Readings
 Bruce Russett (2013). ‘Liberalism’ in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki and Steve Smith (eds.)
International Relations: Theories, Discipline and Diversity, 3rd Edition, Oxford:
Oxford University Press, pp. 94-113.
 Jennifer Sterling-Folker (2013). ‘Neoliberalism’ in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki and Steve
Smith (eds.) International Relations: Theories, Discipline and Diversity, 3rd Edition,
Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 114-131.
Additional Readings
 Robert Jackson, Georg Sørensen (2019). ‘Liberalism’ in Introduction to International
Relations, Theories and Approaches, Oxford University Press: New York, pp.107-
142.
 Jon C. W. Pevehouse and Joshua S. Goldstein (2018). International Relations, 11th
Edition, Pearson: US (Liberal and Social Theories, pp.83-121).
b. Marxism/ Neo-Marxism
Essential Readings
 Mark Rupert (2013). ‘Marxism’, in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and Steve
Smith (eds.) International Relations Theories, Discipline and Diversity.
Oxford: Oxford University

 Press, 3rd edition. pp.153-170.

 Cynthia Weber (2010). ‘Neo-Marxism: Is Empire the New World Order?’, in
International Relations Theory: A Critical Introduction, 3rd edition, New York:
Routledge, pp.131- 158.
Additional Readings
 Stephanie Lawson (2015). Theories of International Relations, Contending
Approaches toWorld Politics, Polity Press: Cambridge, UK (Chapter 6-Marxism,
Critical Theory and World Systems Theory, pp.121-144). Andrew Linklater (2005).
‘Marxism’ in Scott Burchill, Andrew Linklater, et al. Theories of International
Relations, Palgrave Macmillan, UK, US:pp. 110-137.

29
Feminism
Essential Reading
 J. Ann Tickner (2008). ‘Gender in World Politics’. in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P.
Owens (eds.). The Globalization of World Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press,
pp. 262- 277.
 J. Ann Tickner and Laura Sjoberg (2013). ‘Chapter 11-Feminism’ in Tim Dunne,
Milja Kurki, and Steve Smith (eds.) International Relations Theories, Discipline and
Diversity. Oxford University Press: UK, 3rd edition. pp.205-222.
Additional Reading
 Helen M. Kinsella (2020) ‘Feminism’ in John Baylis, and Steve Smith, The
globalisation of world Politics An introduction to international relations, Oxford
University Press, 8th Edition. pp 145-159.
 Chandra T. Mohanty (2003). Feminism without Borders Decolonizing Theory,
Practicing Solidarity, Duke University Press (‘Introduction-Decolonization,
Anticapitalist Critique, and Feminist Commitments’ pp. 1-16).
 Constructivism
Essential Readings
 Michael Barnett. (2020). ‘Chapter 12-Social constructivism’, in John Baylis, and
Steve Smith, The Globalisation of World Politics: An Introduction to International
Relations, Oxford University Press, 8th Edition. pp. 192-206.
 Robert Jackson, Georg Sørensen (2019). ‘Social Constructivism’ in Introduction to
International Relations, Theories and Approaches, Oxford University Press: New
York, pp. 161-177.
Additional Readings
 K. M. Fierke (2013). Constructivism in T. Dunne, M. Kurki, and S. Smith (eds.),
International Relations: Theories Discipline and Diversity, OUP: NY, pp. 187-204.
 S. Lawson (2015). Theories of International Relations, Contending Approaches to
World Politics, Polity Press: Cambridge (Ch 7: Social Theories of International
Relations, pp.145- 171).
Unit 3. Concepts
 Power
Essential Readings
 David A. Baldwin (2013). “Power and International Relations,” in
Handbook of
 International Relations, eds. Walter Carlsnaes, Thomas Risse, and Beth A.
Simmons,Los Angeles, CA: Sage Publications, pp. 273–274 & p. 280.
 M. Barnett and R. Duvall (2005) Power in International Politics. International
Organization 59 (1): pp. 39–75.
Additional Readings
 H.W. Ohnesorge (2020). ‘Power in International Relations: Understandings and
Varieties’,in Soft Power: The Forces of Attraction in International Relations.
Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-29922-4_2
 Jan-Philipp N.E. Wagner (2014). ‘The Effectiveness of Soft & Hard Power in
Contemporary International Relations’. E-internationalRelations, May 14.
Available at: https://www.eir. info/2014/05/14/the-
effectiveness-of-soft-hard-power-in- contemporary-internationalrelations/
 Sovereignty
Essential Readings

30
  N.C. Behera (2020). ‘State and Sovereignty,’ in A. B. Tickner and K. Smith (eds.),
International Relations from the Global South: Worlds of Difference, London:
Routledge: pp.139-160.
 Manish Kumar (2018), ‘Revisiting Sovereignty through ancient Indian Notions of
Dharma,’Indian Journal of Politics and International Relations, 11 (1): 23-37.
Additional Reading
 S.D. Krasner (2001). “Sovereignty”, Foreign Policy,122 (Jan. - Feb): pp. 20-29. A.
Osiander (2001). Sovereignty, International Relations, and the Westphalian Myth.
International Organization, 55(2): pp.251-287.
 Empire
Essential Readings
 T. Barkawi (2010). Empire and Order in International Relations and Security
Studies. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of International Studies.
 https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190846626.013.164
 H. Münkler (2007). ‘What Is an Empire?’ (pp.1-18) and ‘Empire, Imperialism and
Hegemony: A Necessary Distinction’ (pp. 19-46) in Empires: The Logic of World
Domination from Ancient Rome to the United States. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Additional Readings
 T. Barkawi and M. Laffey (2002). Retrieving the Imperial: Empire and International
Relations. Millennium, 31 (1), pp: 109–27.
 Yale H. Ferguson and Richard Mansbach, eds (2008). ‘Superpower, Hegemony,
Empire’, in A World of Polities: Essays on Global Politics, London: Routledge, pp.
200–215.
 Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri (2000) Empire, Cambridge: Harvard University
Press (Chapter 1: ‘Political Constitution of the present’, sub part: ‘World Order'. pp.
3-21).
 International Order
Essential Readings
 K. Smith (2020). ‘Order, Ordering and disorder’ in Tickner and Smith (Eds) IR from
Global South, London: Routledge. pp. 77-96.
 K.P. Bajpai and S. Mallavarapu (ed.) (2019). India, the West, and International Order.
Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan, ‘Introduction’-pp.1-50.
Additional Readings
 R. Baumann, K. Dingwerth (2015). Global governance vs empire: Why world order
moves towards heterarchy and hierarchy. Journal of International Relations and
Development 18, 104–128. https://doi.org/10.1057/jird.2014.6.
 U. Baxi (2003). ‘Operation Enduring Freedom: Towards a New International Law and
Order?’ in A. Anghie, B. Chimni, et. al (eds.) The Third World and International
Order Law, Politics and Globalization, Brill Academic Publishers: the Netherlands.
Pp. 31- 46.
Unit 4. Exploring the Future Trajectories
a. Global IR
Essential Readings
 Acharya (2020) ‘Global International Relations’, in T. Dunne, M. Kurki, and S. Smith
(eds.) International Relations Theories Discipline and Diversity, 4th Ed., Oxford:
OUP. pp. 304- 321.
 F. Anderl and A. Witt (2020) ‘Problematising the Global in Global IR’. Millennium,
49 (1): 32- 57.
Additional Readings

31
  Deepshikha Shahi (2019). ‘The Advaitic Theory of International Relations:
Reconciling Dualism and Monism in the Pursuit of the ‘Global’’, in Advaita as a
Global International Relations Theory. Abingdon, Oxon; New York, NY: Routledge:
pp.109- 142.
 Giorgio Shani and Navnita Chadha Behera (2021). ‘Provincialising International
Relations Through a Reading of Dharma,’ Review of International Studies. pp. 1-20.
https://doi.org/10.1017/S026021052100053X
b. A Relational Turn?
Essential Readings
 Tamara A. Trownsell, A.B. Tickner, A. Querejazu, J. Reddekop, G. Shani, K.
Shimizu, N.C. Behera and A. Arian, ‘Differing about difference: relational IR from
around the world’, International Studies Perspectives, 22 (1): 25-64.
https://doi.org/10.1093/isp/ekaa008
 David L. Blaney, Tamara A. Trownsell (2021) Recrafting International Relations by
Worlding Multiply. Uluslararası İlişkiler Dergisi. pp. 45-62,
https://dergipark.org.tr/en/download/article- file/1937147.
Additional Readings
 Tamara A. Trownsell, Amaya Querejazu, Giorgio Shani, Navnita Chadha Behera,
Jarrad Reddekop and Arlene B. Tickner Recrafting International Relations through
Relationality,” E- International Relations, January 2019,
https://www.e- ir.info/2019/01/08/recraftinginternational- relations-through-
relationality/;
 Milja Kurki (2021). Relational revolution and relationality in IR: New conversations
Review of International Studies, page 1-16 doi:10.1017/S0260210521000127.

32
 PSSE 107: Conduct of Elections in India: Voters, Candidates and
Campaigns

Course Objective

This course has a dual objective. It aims to make students familiar with specific modalities and
tools of conduct of elections in India. It also attempts to create awareness about aspects of
election campaign to draw the attention of students to its conceptual, practical and ethical
components. The idea is to make the students think about the connections between election
management, the nature of election campaigns, and the ramifications they have for electoral
democracy. Thus, the students will be taught not only what a model code of conduct is but also
how it is implemented and why it is important for free and fair elections. Similarly, perusal of
candidate affidavits and learning about the process of filing one are ultimately associated with
what ‘disclosure’ means for enabling the rights of the citizen-voter to ‘know’. New
technological innovations made manifest in campaigns in the social media, and strategies of
‘booth management’ have opened up different challenges for election management.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the semester, the students will become familiar with:
 The technical aspects of conduct of elections including knowledge about the electoral
machinery The ethical aspects of elections such as the ‘model code of conduct’ and
how it is enforced
 The process of filing nominations by candidates and the contents of disclosure
affidavits Knowledge about preparation of electoral rolls and superintendence of
elections at the booth level Changing forms of election campaigns, the traditional
modes of campaigns and role of social media Election funding and issues of
transparency and accountability

Unit 1. Electoral Democracy

 Theoretical perspectives, significance of election management
Unit 2. Electoral management process, transparency and electoral morality
 The Model Code of Conduct, election nomination and disclosure affidavits, knowing
your candidates
Unit 3. Management of election campaign and campaign ethics
 Meetings, posters, pamphlets, social media and new technologies of campaign and
political communication, ethics in electoral campaign
Unit 4. Media Management
 Print, electronic and social media, identifying fake news
Unit 5. Electoral funding
 What is it, traditional and new ways of generating funds, corporate funding,
anonymous bonds, electoral expenditure, state funding of elections
Unit 6. Organisational aspects
 Political parties and membership drives, booth level management of elections as party
electoral campaign strategy
 booth level officers and conduct of elections, voter registration and preparation of
electoral roll

Unit-wise reading list

33
Electoral Democracy
 Guha, R. (2002), ‘Democracy’s Biggest Gamble: India’s First Free Election 1952’,
World PolicyJournal, 19(1), pp. 95-103.
 Kumar, Sanjay (2021). Elections in India, An Overview, Routledge
 Krouse, R., & Marcus, G. (1984). Electoral Studies and Democratic Theory
Reconsidered.
 Political Behavior, 6(1), pp. 23-39.
 Varshney, A. (2007). India's Democratic Challenge. Foreign Affairs, 86(2), pp. 93-
106. Hauser, W., & Singer, W. (1986). The Democratic Rite: Celebration and
Participation in the
 IndianElections. Asian Survey, 26(9), pp. 941-958.
 Yadav, Y. (1999). Electoral Politics in the Time of Change: India's Third Electoral
System, 1989- 99. Economic and Political Weekly, 34(34/35), pp. 2393-2399.
Electoral management process, transparency and electoral morality
 Paul, S. (2003). Right to Information on Candidates: How Will the Voters Know?
Economic and Political Weekly, 38(15), pp. 1447-1449.
 Singh, U. K. (2012), ‘Between Moral Force and Supplementary Legality: A Model
Code of Conduct and the Election Commission of India, Election Law Journal, 11(2),
pp.149-169.
 Election Commission of India (2009), Compendium of Instructions, Vol. 3: Model
Code of Conduct, New Delhi, Election Commission of India.
 Election Commission of India (2009), Model Code of Conduct, L.S. Elections 2009
(for Political Parties and Candidates), New Delhi, Election Commission of India.
 Kumar, V. (2005). People's Right to Know Antecedents of Their Election Candidates:
A Critique of Constitutional Strategies. Journal of the Indian Law Institute, 47(2), pp.
135- 157.
Management of election campaign and campaign ethics
 Willnat, L., R. Verghese and R. Mammadov (2017), ‘Symbols, Slogans, and
Charisma: Political Posters in India’s 2014 National Election’, in C. Holtz-Bacha and
B. Johansson (eds). Election Posters around the Globe: Political Campaigning in the
Public Space, Springer International Publishing.
 West, D. (1994). Television Advertising in Election Campaigns. Political Science
Quarterly, 109(5),
 pp. 789-809.
 Goldstein, K., & Freedman, P. (2002). Campaign Advertising and Voter Turnout:
New Evidencefor a Stimulation Effect. The Journal of Politics, 64(3), pp. 721-740.
 Kahn, K., & Kenney, P. (1999). Do Negative Campaigns Mobilize or Suppress
Turnout? Clarifying the Relationship between Negativity and Participation. The
American Political ScienceReview, 93(4), pp. 877-889.
 Rogers, L. (1949). Notes on the Language of Politics. Political Science
Quarterly,64(4): 481- 506.
 Sharma, Ankita and Udayan Ghose (2020). Sentimental Analysis of Twitter Data with
respect to General Elections in India, Procedia Computer Science, Vol 173, pp.325-
334.
Media Management:
 Kanungo, N. T. (2015), ‘India’s Digital Poll Battle: Political Parties and Social Media
in the 16th Lok Sabha Elections’, Studies in Indian Politics, 3(2), pp. 212-228.

34
  Punathambekar, A. (2015), ‘Satire, Elections and Democratic
Politics in Digital India’,

 Televisionand New Media, 16(4), pp. 394-400.

 Shirky, C. (2011). The Political Power of Social Media: Technology, the Public
Sphere, and Political Change. Foreign Affairs, 90(1), pp. 28-41.
 Newton, K. (1999). Mass Media Effects: Mobilization or Media Malaise? British
Journal of Political Science, 29(4), pp. 577-599.
 Simpson, D., O’Shaughnessy, B., & Schakowsky, J. (2016). Winning Elections in the
21st Century. University Press of Kansas.
 Allcott, H., & Gentzkow, M. (2017). Social Media and Fake News in the 2016
Election. The Journal of Economic Perspectives, 31(2), pp. 211-235.
 Udupa, Sahana (2019). ‘Digital Disinformation and Election Integrity: Benchmark for
Regulation’. Economic and Political Weekly, Vol 54, No.51
Electoral funding
 Kapur, Devesh and Milan Vaishnav (ed.). (2018) Costs of Democracy, Political
Finance in India.New Delhi. OUP.
 Election Commission of India. (2011). Instructions on Election
Expenditure Monitoring.
 NewDelhi. Nirvachan Sadan. 13 September 2011.
 George, H. (1883). Money in Elections. The North American Review, 136(316), pp.
201-211. Jain, S. (2001). State Funding Of Elections and Political Parties in India.
Journal of the Indian
 Law Institute, 43(4), pp. 500-511.
 Dolly, A. (2000). State Funding of Elections: Some Posers. Economic and Political
Weekly, 35(37), pp. 3283-3286.
 Kumar, B. V. (1999). Funding of Elections: Case for Institutionalised Financing.
Economic and Political Weekly, 34(28), pp. 1884-1888.
 Sridharan, E. (2007). Toward state funding of elections in India? A comparative
perspective on possible options. The Journal of Policy Reform, 3:3, pp. 229-254.
Organisational aspects
 Election Commission of India. (2009). Election Management in Metropolitan Cities,
NirvachanSadan, January 30, 2009.
 Roy, A. (2012), ‘Identifying Citizens: Electoral Rolls, the Right to Vote and the
Election Commission of India’, Election Law Journal (special issue on Election Laws
in India, edited by David Gilmartin and Robert Moog), 11(2), pp.17-186.
 Rosenblum, N. (2000). Political Parties as Membership Groups. Columbia Law
Review, 100(3), pp.
 813-844.
 Ackerman, B., & Ayres, I. (2006). The Secret Refund Booth. The University of
Chicago Law Review, 73(4), pp. 1107-1129.
 Ayres, I., & Bulow, J. (1998). The Donation Booth: Mandating Donor Anonymity to
Disrupt the Market for Political Influence. Stanford Law Review, 50(3), pp. 837-891.

35
 PSMD 108 : Introduction to the Indian Constitution
Course Objective
The course introduces the students to the foundational text of constitutional democracy in India
- the Indian Constitution. By providing an overview of the socio-political context of its origin
and its basic tenets, which provide the organising framework for democracy in India, the course
expects to bring historical insights into making the constitutional text comprehensible. The
course traces the history of the Constitution both in the colonial legislation and in the
declaration and reports produced during the Indian National Movement. It focuses on the
creation and the working of the Constituent Assembly as part of a transformative vision for
independent India. The Constitution's basic features form the core themes of the course,
introducing students to the philosophy behind them and the final form in which they were
adopted in the Indian Constitution to make it a document for social revolution. The course aims
at providing students with both a textual and a contextual introduction to the Indian
Constitution.
Course Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will demonstrate
 Knowledge of the origin and contents of the Indian Constitution
 Awareness of the rights and duties of the citizens and the obligations of the state
 Familiarity with the functioning of constitutional governance in India and the division
of power between different tiers of the government.

Unit 1. Constitutional antecedents and the making of the Constitution of India.

Unit 2. Basic features of the Indian Constitution
Unit 3. Fundamental Rights
Unit 4. Obligations of State and Duties of Citizens
Unit 5. Organs of Constitutional Governance- Legislature, Executive and Judiciary
Unit 6. Centre-State Relations and Decentralization

Readings:
Constitutional antecedents and the making of the Constitution of India
 Constitutional antecedents Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2010, Pre History, in The Making
and Working of the Indian Constitution,NBT, India.
 Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, Origin and Crafting of the Constitution (pp. 11 to 26), in
The Constitution of India, a Contextual Analysis, Hart Publishing.
 D D Basu, 2011, The Historical background, in Introduction to the Constitution of
India
 (20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
Making of the Constitution of India
 Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2000, Birth of the Constituent Assembly, in Constituent
Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, Manohar.
 Granville Austin, 1966, The Constituent Assembly- Microcosm in Action, in Indian
Constitution, Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP.
 Subhash Kashyap, 1994, Making of the Constitution, in Our Constitution: An
Introduction to India's Constitution and Constitutional Law, NBT, India.
Basic Features of the Indian Constitution
 B R Ambedkar, 2010, Basic features of the Indian Constitution, in Valerian Rodrigues
(ed),
 The essential writings of BR Ambedkar. Oxford University Press, India.

36
  D D Basu, 2011, Outstanding Feature of Our Constitution, in Introduction to the
Constitution of India (20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
 Ivor Jennings, 1953, Introduction, in Some Characteristics of Indian Constitution, G
Cumber legeand Oxford University Press.
Fundamental Rights
 Primary text: Article 14- 32, Part III, The Constitution of India
 Granville Austin, 1966, The Conscience of the Constitution- Fundamental Rights and
Directive Principles of State Policy- I (pp. 63-94), in Indian Constitution, Cornerstone
of a Nation, OUP
 Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2010, Rights of Indians, in The Making and Working of the
Indian Constitution, NBT, India.
 D D Basu, 2011, Fundamental Rights and Duties (pp. 79- 142),in Introduction to the
Constitution of India (20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
 Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, Fundamental rights, Directive Principles and the
Judiciary (pp.
 118-137), in The Constitution of India, a Contextual Analysis, Hart Publishing.
Obligations of State and Duties of Citizens
 Primary text: Article 36- 51A, Part IV and IVA, The Constitution of India
 Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2010, Duties of State and Citizens, in The Making and
Working of the Indian Constitution, NBT, India.
 D D Basu, 2011, Directive Principles of State Policy (pp. 79- 142), in Introduction to
the Constitution of India (20th ed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
 Gautam Bhatia, 2016, Directive Principles of State Policy, in Sujit Choudhry, et al,
The Oxford Handbook of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: OUP
 Ivor Jennings, 1953, Directives of Social Policy, in Some Characteristics of Indian
Constitution, G Cumberlege and Oxford University Press.
Organs of Constitutional Governance- Legislature, Executive and Judiciary
 Primary Text: Part V, The Constitution of India
 S.K. Chaube, Union Government- 1: The Executive, in The Making and Working of
Indian Constitution, NBT, India
 S.K. Chaube, Union Government 2: The Legislature, in The Making and Working of
Indian Constitution, NBT, India
 Granville Austin, 1966, Indian Constitution, Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP, pp. 145-
230. Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, The Executive and the Parliament, in The
Constitution of India, aContextual Analysis, Hart Publishing
 M.R. Madhavan, 2017, Parliament, in D. Kapur, P.B. Mehta and M Vaishnav (eds.),
Rethinking Public Institutions in India, Oxford University Press
 D.D. Basu, 2011, The Judicature (pp. 299- 313), in Introduction to the Constitution of
India(20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
 Pratap Bhanu Mehta, 2005, India's Judiciary: the Promise of Uncertainty, in Public
Institutions inIndia: Performance and Design, OUP, India.
 Punam S Khanna, 2008, The Indian Judicial system, in K Sankaran and U K Singh
(eds), Towards Legal Literacy: An Introduction to Law in India, OUP.
Centre-State Relations and Decentralization
 D D Basu, 2011, Distribution of Legislative and Executive Powers, in Introduction to
the Constitution of India (20thed.). Lexis Nexis, India.
 M.P. Singh and Rekha Saxena, 2013, Asymmetrical Federalism, in Federalising India
in the Ageof Globalisation, Primus.Ivor Jennings, 1953, Indian Federalism, in Some
Characteristics of Indian Constitution, G Cumberlege and Oxford University Press.

37
 Diploma in Political Science
Semester III
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 201 Constitutional Government and Democracy in 4
India
2. PSMA 202 Political Theory: Concepts and Debates 4
Minor
3. PSMI 203 Methods and Approaches in Comparative 4
Political Analysis
Skill Enhancement Course 3
4. PSSE 204 Mapping the Policy Process: Research, Writing 3
and Analysis
Multidisciplinary Course
(for other department students)
5. PSMD 205 Indian Constitution: Key Debates 3
Disciplinary Credits -Total 18
Ability Enhancement Course
6. English 2 3
Overall Credits - Total 21

38
 PSMA 201 : Constitutional Government and Democracy in India
Course Objective
The aim of this course is to enable students to know the constitutional design of government
and political institutions in India. The purpose is to understand how liberty, equality and justice,
territorial decentralization and federalism, development and democracy, serve as values on
which constitutional democracy in India is premised. The course traces the contestations over
how these values were incorporated in the Constitution, and demonstrates the manner in which
they played out in practice. It encourages students to see how institutional practices and
constitutional design are impacted by the political contexts within which they unfold. The
relationship between emergency provisions, constitutionalism and democracy offers
significant insights into these processes. The course helps develop an understanding of how the
different organs of government exist in an institutional matrix which is characterized by
conflict and cooperation, division of powers in an asymmetrical federal arrangement,
protection of the vulnerable against discrimination on the grounds of cases, class, ethnicity and
gender, and decentralization of power to facilitate participatory governance at local levels. The
course is expected to enable students to develop the ability to comprehend the r relationships
between constitutionalism, democracy and governance by using concepts and analytical
frameworks informed by the scholarly literature on the subject buttressed by empirical details.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, students will demonstrate:
 Understanding the specificities of Indian constitutionalism through a reading of the
Constituent Assembly debates
 Familiarity with the debates around constitutional architecture, institutional design
and practice, and constitutional democracy
 Awareness of the manner in which government functions through its various organs
 Understanding of the division of power between various organs of the government at
different levels.

Syllabus
Unit 1. The Constituent Assembly and the Constitution
 Philosophy of the Constitution, the Preamble, and features of the Constitution.
 Citizenship, Fundamental Rights, Directive Principles and Fundamental Duties
Unit 2. Organs of Government
 The Legislature: Power and Functions of Parliament, Debates on Representation in
Parliament.
 The Executive: Election, Power, Functions and the changing role of President and
Prime Minister.
 The Judiciary: Appointment of Judges in High Courts and the Supreme Court, Power
and Functions of High Courts and the Supreme Court.
Unit 3. Federalism and Decentralization
 Centre-State Relations, Asymmetrical Federalism
 The Panchayats and Municipalities

Unit 4. Constitutional Provisions and National Security Laws

 Emergency Provisions
 Preventive Detention and National Security Laws

39
Classics
 The Nehru Committee Report: An Anti-Separatist Manifesto (1928), The Committee
Appointed by the All Parties’ Conference, New Delhi: Michiko & Panjathan.
 Shriman Narayan Agarwal (1946), Gandhian Constitution for Free India, Foreword by
Mahatma Gandhi, Kitabistan, Allahabad.
 Shiva Rao (1968), The Framing of India’s Constitution, A Study, Indian Institute of
Public Administration, New Delhi, printed by Government of India Press, Nasik,
distributed by
 N.M. Tripathi Pvt. Ltd, Bombay.
Unit wise reading list
The Constituent Assembly and the Constitution
Philosophy of the Constitution, the Preamble, and Features of the Constitution
 G. Austin (2010), ‘The Constituent Assembly: Microcosm in Action’, in The Indian
Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 15th print,
pp.1- 25.
 R. Bhargava (2008), ‘Introduction: Outline of a Political Theory of the Indian
Constitution’,in
 R. Bhargava (ed.) Politics and Ethics of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, pp. 1-40.
 Thiruvengadam (2017), The Constitution of India, A Contextual Analysis, Oxford:
Bloomsbury, Ch. ‘Origins and the Crafting of the Constitution’, pp.11-38.
 D.D. Basu (2012), Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi: Lexis Nexis.
 S.K. Chaube (2009), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, Delhi:
National Book Trust [Ch.III: The Spirit of the Indian Constitution, pp.21-29].
 Bipan Chandra, M Mukherjee, A Mukherjee (2000), India After Independence, 1947-
2000, [Ch.4. The Evolution of the Constitution and Main Provisions, pp.31-48, Ch.5.
The Architecture of the Constitution: Basic Features and Institutions, pp.49-67.]
Citizenship, Fundamental Rights, Directive Principles and Fundamental Duties The
Constitution of India, Part II, Part III, Part IV and Part IV A
 S.K. Chaube (2010), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi:
National Book Trust [Chapter V: ‘The Rights of the Indians’, pp.33-61]
 Madhav Khosla (2012), The Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press
[Chapter 3: pp.87-148]
 Subhash Kashyap (2017), Our Constitution: An Introduction to India’s Constitution and
Constitutional Law, New Delhi: National Book Trust.
 V. Rodrigues (2008), ‘Citizenship and the Indian Constitution’, in R. Bhargava (ed.)
Politics and Ethics of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp.164- 188.
 Roy (2016), Citizenship in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Ch.1 and Ch.2.
MHRD (1999), Fundamental Duties of Citizens: Report of the Committee set up by the
Government of India to Operationalize the Suggestions to Teach Fundamental Duties
to the Citizens of the Country, Volume I, Delhi: Government of India.
 G. Austin (2010), The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 15th print [Chapter 3: The Conscience of the Constitution:
TheFundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy – I, pp.50-83; Chapter
4: Fundamental Rights – II, pp.84-115].
Organs of Government
The Legislature
 The Constitution of India, Part V, Chapter II

40
  S. K. Chaube (2009), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, Delhi:
National Book Trust [Ch. IX: The Union Government II: The Legislature, pp.132-161]
 B. Shankar and V. Rodrigues (2011), ‘The Changing Conception of Representation:
Issues, Concerns and Institutions’, in The Indian Parliament: A Democracy at Work,
NewDelhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 105-173.
 M.R. Madhavan (2017), ‘Parliament’, in D. Kapur, P.B. Mehta and M Vaishnav (eds.)
Rethinking Public Institutions in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 67-
103.
 Thiruvengadam (2017), The Constitution of India, A Contextual Analysis, Oxford:
 Bloomsbury
 [Ch.2 Parliament and the Executive, pp.39-70]
 Shirin M. Rai and Carole Spary (2019), Performing Representation: Women Members
in the Indian Parliament, New Delhi: Oxford University Press [Ch.4: Representative
Women? Presence and Performance of Intersectionality, pp.123-167; Ch. 5: Women
Members of Parliament: Presence and Participation in Parliamentary Debates, pp.168-
209]
 V. Hewitt and S. Rai (2010), ‘Parliament’, in P. Mehta and N. Jayal (eds.) The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 28-42.
 G. Austin (2010), The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 15th print [Chapter 6: The Legislature – Unity Through Popular
Government, pp.144-163]
The Executive
 The Constitution of India, Part V, Chapter I and III S.K. Chaube (2009), The Making
and Working of the Indian Constitution, Delhi: National Book Trust [Ch. VIII: The
Union Government I: The Executive, pp.100-131].
 James Manor (2017), ‘The Presidency’, in D. Kapur, P.B. Mehta and M Vaishnav (eds.)
Rethinking Public Institutions in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 33-
66.
 J. Manor (1994), ‘The Prime Minister and the President’, in B. Dua and J. Manor (eds.)
Nehru to the Nineties: The Changing Office of the Prime Minister in India, Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press, pp. 20-47.
 H. Khare (2003), ‘Prime Minister and the Parliament: Redefining Accountability in the
Age of Coalition Government’, in A. Mehra and G. Kueck (eds.) The Indian Parliament:
A Comparative Perspective, New Delhi: Konark, pp. 350-368.
 G. Austin (2010), The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 15th print [Chapter 5: The Executiy: Strength With Democracy,
pp.116- 143]
The Judiciary
 The Constitution of India, Part V, Chapter IV; Part VI, Chapter V
 Arghya Sengupta (2019), Independence and Accountability of the Indian Higher
Judiciary, New Delhi, Cambridge University Press, Ch.2 ‘Appointments to the Higher
Judiciary’, pp.13-62.
 Upendra Baxi (1989), The Indian Supreme Court and Politics, The Eastern Book
Company, Lucknow.
 Madhav Khosla and Anant Padmanabhan (2017), ‘The Supreme Court’, in D. Kapur,
P.B. Mehta and M Vaishnav (eds.) Rethinking Public Institutions in India, New
Delhi:Oxford University Press, pp. 104-138.
 R. Ramachandran (2006), ‘The Supreme Court and the Basic Structure Doctrine’ in B.
 Kirpal et.al

41
  (eds.) Supreme but not Infallible: Essays in Honour of the Supreme Court of India, New
Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 107-133.
 P. Khanna (2008) (second impression 2015), ‘The Indian Judicial System’ in Kamala
Sankaran and U.K. Singh (ed.,) Towards Legal Literacy: An Introduction to Law in
India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
 B. Chakrabarty (2017), Indian Constitution, Text, Context and Interpretation, SAGE,
NewDelhi, Ch.17, Judiciary in India, pp.269-293.
 U. Baxi (2010), ‘The Judiciary as a Resource for Indian Democracy’, Seminar, Issue
615, pp.61- 67.
 L. Rudolph and S. Rudolph (2008), ‘Judicial Review Versus Parliamentary
Sovereignty’, in Explaining Indian Institutions: A Fifty Year Perspective, 1956-2006:
Volume 2: The Realm of Institutions: State Formation and Institutional Change. New
Delhi: Oxford University Press,
 pp. 183-210.
 G. Austin (2010), The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 15th print [Chapter 7: The Judiciary and the Social Revolution,
pp.164- 185]
Federalism and Decentralization
Federalism
 The Constitution of India, Part XI
 R. Dhawan and R. Saxena (2006), ‘The Republic of India’, in K. Roy, C. Saunders
andJ.Kincaid (eds.) A Global Dialogue on Federalism, Volume 3, Montreal: Queen’s
University Press, pp. 166- 197
 M.P. Singh and Rekha Saxena (2013), Federalising India in the Age of Globalisation,
Primus New Delhi: Books [Ch.6: Asymmetrical Federalism, pp.79-93]
 L. Tillin (2019), Indian Federalism, Oxford India Short Introduction series, Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
 Louise Tillin (2013) Remapping India: New States and their Political Origins, New
Delhi: Oxford University Press [Ch.1: Introduction: The Compromise Politics of
Statehood, pp.1- 26; Ch.2: History of Territorial Design and Federal Thought in India,
pp.27-66]
The Panchayats and Municipalities
 The Constitution of India, Part IX and IXA
 Kuldeep Mathur (2013), Panchayati Raj, Oxford India Short Introductions, New Delhi,
Oxford University Press.
 James Manor (2010), ‘Local Governance’ in P.B. Mehta and N.G. Jayal (eds.) The
Oxford Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 61-
79.
 P. deSouza (2002) ‘Decentralization and Local Government: The Second Wind of
Democracy in India’, in Z. Hasan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (eds.) India’s Living
Constitution: Ideas, Practices and Controversies, New Delhi: Permanent Black, pp.
370- 404.
 M. John (2007) ‘Women in Power? Gender, Caste and Politics of Local Urban
Governance’, in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 42(39), pp. 3986-3993.
Constitutional Provisions and National Security Laws
 The Constitution of India, Article 22, PartXVIII
 S. K. Chaube (2010), The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, New
Delhi:National Book Trust [Ch. VIV: The Emergencies, pp.243-249]

42
 V. Marwah (1995), ‘Use and Abuse of Emergency Powers: The Indian Experience’, in
B. Arora and D. Verney (eds.) Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian Federalism
in a Comparative Perspective, Delhi: Konark, pp. 136-159.
 A.G. Noorani (2011), Challenges to Civil Rights Guarantees in India, SAHRDC, New
Delhi[Chapter 1: Preventive Detention in India, pp.1-34; Chapter 9: Armed Forces
(Special Powers) Act, pp.265-276].
 U.K. Singh (2015), ‘Anti-terror laws and Human Rights’ in Kamala Sankaran and
Ujjwal Kumar Singh (ed.) Towards Legal Literacy, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi.pp181- 197.
 G Haragopal, B Jagannatham (2009), ‘Terrorism and Human Rights: Indian Experience
with Repressive Laws’, in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 44(28), pp. 76-85.
 SAHRDC (2006), Oxford Handbook of Human Rights and Criminal Justice in India:
The System and Procedure, Oxford University Press, New Delhi [Chapter 6: Detention,
pp.72- 84]
 Venkat Iyer (2000), States of Emergency: The Indian Experience, Butterworths, New
Delhi.
 D.P. Jinks (2001) ‘The Anatomy of an Institutionalized Emergency: Preventive
Detention and Personal Liberty in India’, Michigan Journal of International Law,
Vol.22(2), pp.323- 350
 U K Singh (2011), ‘Mapping Anti-terror Legal Regimes in India’ in Victor Ramraj et.al
(ed.), Global Anti-Terrorism Law and Policy, 2ndEdition, Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press,pp.420-446.

43
 PSMA 202 : Political Theory: Concepts and Debates
Course Objective
This course will familiarize students with the basic normative concepts in political theory and
encourage them to understand how they manifest in social practices while engaging in relevant
debates. The course will make use of these concepts, understood as values, in organizing our
collective life in a political community.

Course Learning Outcomes

After completing the course, the learner will be able to:
•Understand the dimensions of shared living through these political values and concepts.
•Appreciate how these values and concepts enrich the discourses of political life, sharpening
their analytical skills in the process.

Unit 1: Freedom (3 weeks)

 a)Liberty: Negative and Positive
 b)Freedom, Emancipation, Swaraj Debate: Free speech, expression and dissent
Unit 2: Equality (2 weeks)
 a)Equality of opportunity and Equality of Outcome
 b)Egalitarianism: Background inequalities and differential treatment Debate:
Affirmative action
Unit 3: Justice (2 weeks)
 a)Justice: Procedural and Substantive
 b)Rawls and his critics Debate: Scope of Justice – National vs Global
Unit 4: Rights (2 weeks)
 a)Rights: Natural, Moral and Legal
 b)Rights and Obligations Debate: Human Rights - Universalism or Cultural Relativism
Unit 5: Democracy (3 weeks)
 a)Democracy: Idea and Practice
 b)Liberal Democracy and its critics
 c)Multiculturalism and Toleration Debate: Representation vs participation

Unit wise reading list

1. Freedom
 Riley, J. (2008) ‘Liberty’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 103-125.
 Knowles, D. (2001) Political Philosophy. London: Routledge, pp. 69- 132.
 Swift, A. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginner’s Guide for Students and Politicians.
 Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 51-88.
 Carter, I. (2003) ‘Liberty’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds),Political
Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 4-15.
 Smits, K. (2009). ‘Should Offensive Speech be Regulated?’, In Applying Political
Theory: Issues and Debates. Palgrave Macmillan, PP. 152-170.
 Sethi, A. (2008) ‘Freedom of Speech and the Question of Censorship’, in Bhargava, R.
andAcharya,
 (eds), Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 308-319.
2. Equality

44
  Swift, Adam. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginner’s Guide for Students and
Politicians.
 Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 91-132.
 Casal, P. and William, A. (2008) ‘Equality’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political
Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 149-165.
 Acharya, A. (2008) ‘Affirmative Action’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds),
Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 298-307.
 Smits, K. (2009). ‘Is Affirmative Action Fair?’, in Applying Political Theory: Issues
and Debates. Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 65-85.
3. Justice
 Menon, K. (2008) ‘Justice’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory:
An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 74-86.
 Wolf, J. (2008) ‘Social Justice’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 172-193.
 Brock, G. (2008) ‘Global Justice’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory.
New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 289-312.
4 Rights
 Talukdar, P.S. (2008) ‘Rights’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political Theory:
An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 88-104.
 Mckinnon, C. (2003) ‘Rights’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds), Political
Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 16-27.
 Campbell, T. (2008) ‘Human Rights’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory.
New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 194-217.
5. Democracy
 Srinivasan, J. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds), Political
Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 106-128.
 Owen, D. (2003) ‘Democracy’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds),
Political Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 105-117.
 Christiano, T. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory.
New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 80-102.
 Mookherjee, M. (2008) ‘Multiculturalism’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political
Theory.
 New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 218-240.
 Seglow, J. (2003) ‘Multiculturalism’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds),
Political Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 156-168.
 Galeotti, A. E. (2008) ‘Toleration’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory.
New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 126-148.
Additional Resources:
 Mill, J. S. (1991) On Liberty and Other Essays. ed. Jon Gray. Oxford: Oxford
University Press. Berlin, I. (1969) ’Two Concepts of Liberty’, in Four Essays on
Liberty. England: Oxford University Press, pp. 118-172.
 Rawls, J. (1971) A Theory of Justice. Harvard: Harvard University Press. Dworkin, R.
(1981) ‘What is equality? Part I: Equality of Welfare’, Philosophy and Public Affairs
10 (3),pp. 185-246.
 Dworkin, R. (1981) ‘What is equality? Part II: Equality of Resources’, Philosophy and
Public Affairs 10 (3), pp. 185-243.
 Dworkin, R. (1977) Taking Rights Seriously. London: Duckworth.
 Dryzek, J. (2000) Deliberative Democracy and Beyond. Oxford: Oxford University
Press. Miller, D. (2006) The Liberty Reader. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh Press.

45
 Knowles, Dudley. (2001) Political Philosophy. London: Routledge.
 Swift, Adam. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginner’s Guide for Students and
Politicians.Cambridge: Polity Press
 Arblaster, A. (1994) Democracy. (2nd Edition). Buckingham: Open University Press.
Mendus, S. (ed.) (1999) The Politics of Toleration. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh
Press.

46
 PSMI 203 : Methods and Approaches in Comparative Political Analysis

Learning Objectives
This is a foundational course in comparative politics. The aim of this course is to introduce
students to the foundational concepts, methods, approaches and the historical legacy of the
discipline. The paper offers in-depth discussion on methods, different approaches in terms of
their advantages and disadvantages to help understand politics in a critical-comparative
framework. Students would be made familiar to the diversity of approaches to study politics
such as institutionalism, political culture, political economy and specific debates within each
of the approaches. Discussion on a diversity of approaches will highlight different tools,
perspectives and parameters to understand the behaviour and functioning of institutions in a
political system. This paper would also impart students the ability to use the analytical frame
of gender with reference to specific issues like the women’s political representation in
comparative perspective. The paper will inculcate reflective thinking and research aptitude in
students as they will learn to apply these critical outlooks in understanding politics and political
processes, particularly from the perspective of developing societies.

Learning outcomes
On successful completion of the course, students would demonstrate:
 An understanding of the nature, scope, methodology, and legacy of the sub-discipline.
 Awareness of the evolution of the sub-discipline of comparative politics and the
challenge of Eurocentrism in the discipline.
 An in-depth understating of various approaches to the study of politics in a comparative
framework.
 A basic training in comparative research.

UNIT – I (09 Hours)

 Understanding Comparative Politics
 Nature and scope
 Why Compare
 Understanding Comparative Method: How to compare countries: large n, small n,
single countries studies
 Going beyond Eurocentrism
UNIT – II (6 Hours)
 Approaches to Studying Comparative Politics: Political System, Structural functional
analysis
UNIT – III (6 Hours)
 Approaches to Studying Comparative Politics: Traditional and Neo-Institutionalisms
 Historical Institutionalism
 Rational Choice Theory
 Sociological Institutionalism
UNIT – IV (9 Hours)
 Approaches to Studying Comparative Politics: Political Culture
 Civic Culture (Sydney Verba)
 Subculture (Dennis Kavanagh)
 Hegemony (Antonio Gramsci)

47
  Post materialism (Ronald Inglehart)
 Social capital (R. Putnam)
UNIT – V (9 Hours)
 Approaches to Studying Comparative Politics: Political Economy
 Underdevelopment
 Dependency
 Modernisation
 World Systems Theory
UNIT – VI (6 Hours)
 Gendering Comparative Politics
 The Gender Lacuna in Comparative Politics
 Political Representation: Women in Government and Politics

Essential/recommended readings
Unit 1. Understanding Comparative Politics
 Landman, T. (2003). Issues and Methods in Comparative Politics: An Introduction,
second edition. London and New York: Routledge, pp. 3-22.
 Gerring, J. (2007) The Case Study: What it Is and What it Does in Carles Boix and
Susan C. Stokes (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Politics, Oxford
University Press, pp 90-122.
 Lijphart, A. (1971). Comparative Politics and the Comparative Method. The American
Political Science Review, 65, No. 3, pp. 682-693.
 Mohanty, M (1975) ‘Comparative Political Theory and Third World Sensitivity’, in
Teaching Politics, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 22-38
 Chandhoke N (1996) ‘Limits of Comparative Political Analysis ‘, in Economic and
PoliticalWeekly, Vol. 31 (4), January 27, pp.PE 2-PE2-PE8
 Kopstein J., and Lichbach, M. (eds) (2005) Comparative Politics: Interests, Identities,
and Institutions in a Changing Global Order. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
pp.1- 5; 16-36; 253-290.
 Peters, B. Guy (2020) Approaches in comparative politics, in Caramani, D. (ed.)
Comparative Politics (5th Edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
 Roy, A. (2001) ‘Comparative Method and Strategies of Comparison’, in Punjab Journal
of Politics. Vol. xxv (2), pp. 1-15.
Unit 2. Political System, Structural functional analysis
 Almond, Gabriel et al. (2011) Comparing Political Systems, in Comparative Politics
Today, Pearson, pp. 28-38
 Almond, Gabriel, Powell G. Bingham, Jr. (1966) An Overview (Ch 2), Comparative
Politics, A Developmental Approach, Stanford University.
Unit 3. Traditional and Neo-Institutionalisms
 Blondel, J. (1996) ‘Then and Now: Comparative Politics’, in Political Studies. Vol. 47
(1), pp. 152-160.
 Pennington, M. (2009) ‘Theory, Institutional and Comparative Politics’, in J. Bara and
M.
 Pennington (eds.) Comparative Politics: Explaining Democratic System. Sage
Publications, New Delhi, pp. 13-40.
 Hague, R. and M. Harrop and McCormick, J. (2016) Theoretical Approaches
Comparative Government and Politics: An Introduction. (Tenth Edition). London:
Palgrave McMillan.

48
  Hall, P., and Rosemary C.R. Taylor (1996) ‘Political Science and the Three New
Institutionalism’, Political Studies. XLIV, pp. 936-957.
 Rakner, L. and R. Vicky (2011) ‘Institutional Perspectives’, in P. Burnell, et. al. (eds.)
Political in the Developing World. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 53-70.
Unit 4. Political Culture
 Almond, Gabriel A. and Sidney Verba (1963). The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes
and Democracy in Five Nations (Chapter 1).
 Welzel, Christian and Ronald Inglehart (2020) Political culture, in Caramani, D. (ed.)
Comparative Politics (5th Edition). Oxford: Oxford University Press
 Huntington, Samuel P. (1993). The Clash of Civilizations. Foreign Affairs. 72 (3): 22–
49. Howard, M. (2009) ‘Culture in Comparative Political Analysis’, in M. Lichback
and
 Zuckerman, pp. 134- S. (eds.) Comparative Political: Rationality, Culture, and
Structure.
 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
 Rosamond, B. (2008). Political Culture. In Axford, B., Browning, G. K., et. al (eds.),
Politics: An Introduction (2nd ed.). London and New York: Routledge, pp. 82-119.
 Putnam, R. (2000) Thinking About Social Change in America (Ch 1), in Bowling
Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community, Simon and Schuster
 Gransci, A., Hegemony (Civil Society) and Separation of Powers, in Prison Notebooks,
Excerpt from Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci, edited and
translated by Quentin Hoare and Geoffrey Nowell Smith (1999) Elec Book, pp. 506-
507.
Unit 5. Political Economy
 Chilcote, R. H. (2000) Comparative Inquiry in Politics and Political Economy: Theories
and Issues, Oxford: Westview Press, pp. 31-52, pp. 57-81.
 Esteva, G. (2010) Development in Sachs, W. (Eds.), The Development Dictionary: A
Guide to Knowledge as Power (2nd ed.). London: Zed Books, pp. 1-23.
 So, A. Y. (1990) Social Change and Development: Modernization, Dependency and
World- System Theories. London: Sage, pp. 91-109.
 Wallerstein, I. (1974) The Rise and Future Demise of the World Capitalist System:
Concepts for Comparative Analysis, Comparative Studies in Society and History, Vol.
16, pp. 387-415
Unit 6. Gendering Comparative Politics
 Baldez, Lisa (2010) Symposium. The Gender Lacuna in Comparative Politics. March
2010 |
 Vol. 8/No. 199-205.
 Beckwith, Karen (2010) Comparative Politics and the Logics of a Comparative Politics
of Gender.
 American Political Science Association. Vol. 8, No. 1 (March 2010), pp. 159-168
 Hague, Rod, Martin Harrop and McCormick (2019) Political Participation in
Comparative Government and Politics: An Introduction (11th Edition) Red Globe
Press. pp.223- 225.
 Krook Mona Lena (2011) Gendering Comparative Politics: Achievements and
Challenges. Politics & Gender 7(1), pp 99-105.

49
 PSSE 204 : Mapping the Policy Process: Research, Writing and Analysis

Course Objective
This course is designed for students to be able to understand:
 how policy documents are conceived,
 what processes, tools and techniques go into their making and how they can be
analysed?
Course Learning Outcomes
 This course will enable the students to be able to do the following: Analyse any given
policy document in terms of its given parameters
 Be able to select what tools are required to create new policy documents. Be able to
help with the writing of reports and policies with a clear focus.

Unit 1: How To Analyse A Policy Document?

 Reading the Text
 Identifying Background and Concepts Tools & Techniques
 Role of Formal and Informal Institutions
Unit 2: How To Make A Policy Document?
 Identifying the focus Policy Designs Locating sources Specific tools
Unit 3: Applying The Above Learning To Specific Policy Documents
Education:
 National Education Policy 1986
 National Education Policy 2020 Health:
 National Population Policy 2000
 National Policy on Indian Systems of Medicine & Homoeopathy-2002
 National Health Policy 2017
Environment:
 National Forest Policy 1988
 National Conservation Strategy and Policy Statement on Environment and
Development, 1992
 National Environment Policy 2006
 National Water Policy.
Agriculture
 National Policy for Farmers 2007
 National Agricultural Policy 2020 Industry
 Industrial Policy Statement 1980
 New Industrial Policy 1991
 New Industrial Policy 2020
Industry
 Industrial Policy Statement 1980
 New Industrial Policy 1991 New Industrial Policy 2020

50
Readings
Unit 1: How To Analyse A Policy Document?
 Browne Jennifer, Brian Coffey, Kay Cook, Sarah Meiklejohn, and Claire Palermo (2018). A
guideto policy analysis as a research method, Health Promotion International, 2018, 1– 13 doi:
10.1093/heapro/day052 Perspectives
 Kraft Michael E and Scott R. Furlong (2020). Policy Analysis: An Introduction, Chapter IV in
 Public Policy Politics, Analysis, and Alternatives, Sage Publication
 Patton Carl V, DAVID S. Sawicki, JENNIFER J. Clark (2016).Basic Methods of Policy
Analysisand Planning, Routledge.
Unit II: How To Make A Policy Document?
 Cardno Carol (2918). Policy Document Analysis: A Practical Educational Leadership Tool and
a Qualitative Research Method, Educational Administration: Theory and Practice2018, Volume
24,Issue 4, pp: 623-640.
 Mayer Igor S., C. Els van Daalen and Pieter W.G. Bots (2014). Perspectives on policyanalyses:
a framework for understanding and design, International. Journal of Technology Policy and
Management, Vol. x, No. x, xxxx.
Unit III: Applying The Above Learning To Specific Policy Documents
Education:
 POLICY DOCUMENTS
 National Policy on Education 1986, Department of Education, Ministry of Human Resource
Development, Government of India.
 https://www.education.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/upload_document/npe.pdf New
Education Policy 2020, Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of
 India.
 https://www.education.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/NEP_Final_English_0.pdf
 READINGS
 Praveen Jha, Pooja Parvati (2020), “Long on Rhetoric and Short on substance National
EducationPolicy, 2020”, Economic and Political review journal, Vol. 55, Issue No. 34.
 P.S. Aithal & S. Aithal,(2020), “Analysis of the Indian National Education Policy 2020towards
Achieving its Objectives”, International Journal of Management, Technology, and Social
Sciences(IJMTS),Vol. 5, Issue. 2, pp. 19-41.
 Devi, L. (2020). A Study on Awareness about the Impact of National Education Policy-2020
Among the Stakeholder of Commerce and Management Disciplinary. European Journal of
Business and Management Research, 5(6).
Health:
 POLICY DOCUMENTS
 Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, GOI (2000). National Population Policy 2000.
https://main.mohfw.gov.in/sites/default/files/26953755641410949469%20%281%29.p df
 Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, GOI (2002). National Policy on
Indian Systems of Medicine & Homoeopathy-2002.
https://www.indiascienceandtechnology.gov.in/sites/default/files/file-
uploads/sciencetechnologypolicies/1527506899_7870046089-
Ayush%20%20n%20policy%20ISM%20and%20H%20Homeopathy_0.pdf

51
  Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, GOI (2017). National
Health Policy https://www.nhp.gov.in/nhpfiles/national_health_policy_2017.pdf
 READINGS
 Bajpai, V. (2018 ). National Health Policy, 2017: Revealing Public Health Chicanery.
 Economicand Political Weekly. Volume LIII, No.8, 31-35
 Gupta, Rajiv & Kumari, Rashmi. (2018). National Health Policy 2017: An Overview.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/323629227_National_Health_Policy_2017_An_Ove
r vi ew
 Basu, R. (2020). Universal Health Coverage and the National Health Policy 2017: Some
Observations. Indian Journal of Public Administration, 66(1), 127–132.
Environment:
 POLICY DOCUMENTS
 Ministry of Environment and Forests, GOI (1992) National ForestPolicy
1988.https://asbb.gov.in//Downloads/National%20Forest%20Policy.pdf
 Ministry of Environment and Forests, GOI (1992) National Conservation Strategy and Policy
Statement on Environment and Development. http://moef.gov.in/wp-
content/uploads/2017/07/introduction-csps.pdf
 Ministry of Environment and Forests, GOI (2006) National Environment Policy 2006.
 https://ibkp.dbtindia.gov.in/DBT_Content_Test/CMS/Guidelines/20190411103521431_Nati
onal%20Environment%20Policy,%202006.pdf
 Central Water Commission, National Water Policy, http://jalshakti-dowr.gov.in/policies-
guideline/policies/national-water-policy
 READINGS
 Joshi, A.K., Pant, P., Kumar, P. et al. National Forest Policy in India: Critique of Targets and
Implementation. Small-scale Forestry 10, 83–96 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11842-010-
9133-z
 Reich, M.R. and Bowonder, B. (1992), Environmental Policy in India. Policy Studies Journal,
20:643-661. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1541-0072.1992.tb00188.x
 Natalia Ciecierska-Holmes, Kirsten Jörgensen, Lana Laura Ollier, D. Raghunandan (2020)
Environmental Policy in India Routledge Studies in Environmental Policy, Routledge: New
York.
 S. Vyas, & V. Ratna Reddy. (1998). Assessment of Environmental Policies and Policy
Implementation in India. Economic and Political Weekly, 33(1/2), 48–54.
http://www.jstor.org/stable/4406267
 Shah, M. https://www.business-standard.com/article/opinion/a-new-water-policy-for-india-
121092001544_1.html (a series of five articles on the new policy)
Agriculture
 POLICY DOCUMENTS
 Department of Agriculture & Cooperation Ministry of Agriculture GOI (2007), National Policy
for Farmers 2007.
 https://agricoop.nic.in/sites/default/files/npff2007%20%281%29.pdf National Agricultural
Policy, 2020- Policy Brief
 https://www.agrimin.gov.lk/web/images/pdf/Policy/2021 03.27%20-

52
  %20NAP/NAP%20Web%20Version%20-%2026%20March%202021.pdf
 READINGS
 DEOKAR, B. K., & SHETTY, S. L. (2014). Growth in Indian Agriculture: Responding to
Policy Initiatives since 2004-05. Economic and Political Weekly, 49(26/27), 101–104.
http://www.jstor.org/stable/24480175
 Dayanatha Jha. (2003). Policy Drift in Agriculture. Economic and Political Weekly, 38(47),
4947– 4948. http://www.jstor.org/stable/4414308
 Kumar, Anjani; Sonkar, Vinay Kumar; and Bathla, Seema. (2021) Farmers’ awareness and
perceptions of the new farm laws 2020 in India: Empirical evidence from a household survey.
Indian Journal of Agricultural Economics 76(3): 408-423.
 http://isaeindia.org/wp- content/uploads/2021/12/04-Article-Anjani-K-II.pdf
 Namita Kaur, Harjot Singh, Johar Singh (2021). Impact Of Three Farm Bills On Agriculture
During Covid-19 In India-- Palarch’s Journal Of Archaeology Of Egypt/Egyptology18(4),
1952- 1962. ISSN 1567-214x
Industry
 Singh, A. (2008) The Past, Present and Future of Industrial Policy in India: Adapting to the
Changing Domestic and International Environment, Working Papers wp376, Centre for
BusinessResearch, University of Cambridge. https://www.cbr.cam.ac.uk/wp-
content/uploads/2020/08/wp376.pdf
 Rayaprolu, Nagaraj. (2003). Industrial Policy and Performance Since 1980: Which Way
Now?.Economic and Political Weekly. 38. 3707-3715. 10.2307/4413970.
 Burange, L. & Yamini, Shruti. (2011). A Review of India's Industrial Policy and
Performance.Working paper, Department of Economics, University of Mumbai WP No. UDE
34/1/2011.
 Industrial Policy in India- https://dpiit.gov.in/policies-rules-and-acts/policies/industrial-
policy

53
 PSMD 205 : Indian Constitution: Key Debates

Course objective
The course has been designed with the aim to familiarise students with the key debates that
went into the making of the Indian Constitution. The debates have been identified for their
historical significance and contemporary relevance. The course is on the distinguishing features
of the constitution, the modalities through which consensus on contentious matters were
arrived in the Constituent Assembly,and the political contexts in which these debates have
remained significant. The course takes the students back to the Constituent Assembly Debates
to help them comprehendthe principles that were articulated to resolve or defer a debate. While
the Constituent Assembly Debates serve as resources for a historical anda contextual analysis
of the Constitution, the forms in which the debates have resurfaced is also paid attention
through recourse to debates in the Parliament. Alongside, scholarship produced by political
theorists, historians and lawyers have been included to trace the contours of the debate and the
constitutional values that emerge out of it.
Course Learning Outcome
On successful completion of the course, the students will demonstrate:
 Knowledge of the process of constitution making and familiarity with Constituent
Assembly debates
 An understanding of the framing of debates in the Constituent Assembly and the forms
in which they have remained significant
 An understating of the principles that undergirded the debates and the constitutional
valuesthat they sought to entrench

Unit 1: Citizenship
Unit 2: Religious Freedom (and Minority Rights)
Unit 3: Uniform Civil Code
Unit 4: Asymmetrical Federalism
Unit 5: Emergency Provisions and Preventive Detention Laws
Unit 6: Constitutional Amendment
Unit 7: Language Question

Unit wise reading list

 Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), Volumes I- XII, availableat
http://164.100.47.194/Loksabhahindi/cadebatefiles/cadebates.html
Citizenship
 Primary Text: Part II, The Constitution of India
 Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), On Citizenship, 10 August 1949 to 12
August 1949, Vol. IX, pp. 343-349, 353-357, 398-401 (Lok Sabha Secretariat, New
Delhi, 4th edition, 2003). URL:
http://loksabhaph.nic.in/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/vol9.html
 Valerian Rodrigues, 2008, Citizenship and the Indian Constitution, in Rajiv Bhargava

54
 (ed),
 Politicsand Ethics of Indian Constitution, Oxford University Press
 Anupama Roy, 2016, We the People: Citizenship in the Indian Constitution, in
Citizenship in India(Oxford India Short Introductions), Oxford University Press.
 Anupama Roy, 2019, The Citizenship (Amendment) Bill, 2016 and the Aporia of
Citizenship,
 Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 54, Issue No. 49.

Religious Freedom (and Minority Rights)

 Primary Text: Art 25- 30, The Constitution of India
 Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings),On Religious Conversion, 1st
May 1947, VolIII
(http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/C01051947.html)
and 6th December 1948, Vol.
VII(http://164.100.47.194/Loksabha/Debates/cadebatefiles/C06121948.html
)
 Rajeev Bhargava, 2002, India’s Secular Constitution, in ZoyaHasan et al, India’s
Living Constitution, Permanent Black.
 Gurpreet Mahajan, 2008, Religion and the Indian Constitution: Questions of Separation
and Equality, in Rajiv Bhargava (ed), Politics and Ethics of Indian Constitution, Oxford
University Press
 Shibani Kinkar Chaube, 2000, End of the Indian Problem II- Minority Rights, in
Constituent Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, Manohar
Uniform Civil Code
 Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), On UCC, 23rd November 1948, Vol. VII
URL: http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/C23111948.html
 Peter Ronald deSouza, 2015, Politics of the Uniform Civil Code, Economic and
Political Weekly,Vol. 50, Issue No. 48,
 NiveditaMenon, 2014,A Uniform Civil Code in India: The State of the Debate in 2014.
 Feminist Studies 40(2), 480-486. doi:10.1353/fem.2014.0025.
Asymmetrical Federalism
 Primary Texts: Article 370- 371 (J), Part XXI, The Constitution of India, Primary Texts:
Fifth Schedule and Sixth Schedule, Part XXII, Constitution of India
 Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), On Special Status to Jammu and
Kashmir, 17th October 1949, Vol. X.
 URL: http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/C17101949.html
 Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, Federalism and Local
Government (pp. 71-92), The Constitution of India, a Contextual Analysis,
Hart Publishing
 Rekha Saxena, 2021, Constitutional Asymmetry in Indian Federalism, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 56, Issue No. 34.
 M.P. Singh, 2016, The Federal Scheme, in Sujit Choudhry et al, The Oxford Handbook
of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

55
  Ashwani Kumar, 2019, The Constitutional Legitimacy of Abrogating Article 370,
Economic andPolitical Weekly, Vol. 54, Issue No. 38
Emergency Provisions and Preventive Detention Laws
 Primary Text: Articles 352, 353, 356, 358, 359, Part XVIII, The Constitution
of India Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings) on Draft Article 15-A,
Personal Liberty and Procedure Established by Law (Article 22), September 15 and 16,
1949, Volume IX
 (http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/vol9.html )
 Venkat Iyer, 2000, Emergency Law in India: the Background and the Development of
the Law, in States of Emergency, the Indian Experience, Butterworths.
 S.P. Mukherjee, 1990, Preventive Detention (Parliamentary Debates, 13 February,
1951), in Eminent Parliamentarians Monograph Series, LokSabha Secretariat, pp. 61-
81
(https://eparlib.nic.in/bitstream/123456789/58670/1/Eminent_Parliamentarians_Series
_Syama_Prasad_Mookerjee.pdf )
 Granville Austin, 1966, Fundamental Rights II, Social Reform and State Security
versus ‘Due Process’ (pp. 128- 142), in Indian Constitution, Cornerstone of a Nation,
OUP.
 Granville Austin, 1999, Democracy Rescued or Constitution Subverted: Emergency
and 42nd Amendment, in Working a Democratic Constitution, OUP
 Arvind Narrain, 2022, Roots of the Emergency: Preventive Detention, in India’s
Undeclared Emergency, Context, Westland Publications.
Constitutional Amendment
 Primary Text: Art 368, Part XX, The Constitution of India.
 Constituent Assembly Debates (Proceedings), Excerpts on Amendment Procedure in B
R Ambedkar’s Final Speech on 25th November 1949 URL:
http://164.100.47.194/loksabha/writereaddata/cadebatefiles/C25111949.html
 D D Basu, 2011, Procedure for Amendment, in Introduction to the Constitution of India
 (20thed.).Lexis Nexis, India.
 Arun Thiruvengadam, 2018, Constitutional Change, in The Constitution of India, a
Contextual Analysis, Hart Publishing
 Pratap Bhanu Mehta, 2002, The Inner Conflict of Constitutionalism: Judicial Review
and the ‘Basic Structure’, in ZoyaHasan et al, India’s Living Constitution, Permanent
Black.
 Sudhir Krishnaswamy, 2009, Amending Power: The Constitutional Basis for Basic
Structure Review, in Democracy and Constitutionalism in India, A Study of the Basic
Structure Doctrine, Oxford University Press.
Language Question
 Primary Text: Art 343- 351, Part XVII, The Constitution of India.
 Granville Austin, 1966, Language and the Constitution- The Half-Hearted
Compromise, in
 IndianConstitution, Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP.
 Paramjit S Judge, 2021, Fifteen Years that Never Ended: The Language Debate in

56
 Making of Modern India, Rawat
 Paramjit S Judge, 2021, Language Issue in Constituent Assembly Debates, Economic
and PoliticalWeekly, Vol. 56, Issue No. 14
 (On AssemblyDebates) Indian Express, 24 Sep 2019,
https://indianexpress.com/article/explained/amit-shah-on-hindi-language-status-
constituent- assembly-national-launguage-6022271/

57
 Diploma in Political Science
Semester IV
S.No Course Code Title of the Course Credits

Major
1. PSMA 206 Public Administration in India 4
2. PSMA 207 Concepts in Comparative Political Analysis 4
3. PSMA 208 Ancient and Medieval Indian Political Thought 4
Minor
4. PSMI 209 Global Politics 4
(Internship is initiated during holidays
and continued in the
next
semester)
Disciplinary Credits -Total 16
5. MIL 2 3
Value Added Course
6. VAC 5- Community Engagement and Service 2
Overall Credits – Total 21

58
 PSMA 206: Public Administration in India
Course Objective
The paper seeks to provide an introduction to the different dimensions of public administration
in India. It seeks to acquaint the student with an analytical and critical understanding of the
institution of Indian bureaucracy, with issues of decentralization, financial management, public
accountability, e- governance and some specific dimensions of citizens and social welfare
policies.
Course Learning Outcomes
With this course, we expect that students will be able to:
 Have a clear picture of the complex institutional structure of Indian administration at
present
 Understand the building blocks of local governance, in rural and urban areas
 Explain the processes by which different budgeting systems work for this structure
 Analyse the processes of implementation of different social welfare policies by the
administrative institutions.

Unit 1. Indian Administration

 structure of the Civil Services: Evolution
 Colonial Legacy
 Civil Service in the Constitutional Framework; appointment training, promotion
 PMO, Cabinet Secretariat
 Major Initiatives in Administrative Reforms

Unit 2. Decentralization and Local Self Governance

 Meaning and Types: Rural and Urban
 PRIs and implementation of public policies
Unit 3. Budget
 Concept of Budget and Budget Cycle in India
 Types of Budget: Line Budget, Performance Planning Budget, Zero Based Budget
 Budget making: role of the Finance Ministry
Unit 4. Technology and Public Administration in India
 E-Governance: The Journey of E-Governance in India
 Models of E-Governance: Case-Study of Digital India Mission
Unit 5. Social Welfare Policies
 Education: Right to Education
 Health: National Health Mission
 Food: Right to Food Security
 Employment: MGNREGA
 Accountability: RTI, Lokpal, Citizens’ Charter

59
Unit wise reading list
Unit 1. Indian Administration
Basic Readings
 K.S. Chalam, ‘Constitutional Status Of Civil ServiceIn India’ in K.S.
Chalam [ed.], Governance in South Asia: State of The Civil Services,
Sage Publishers, 2014.
 Devesh Kapur and Pratap Bhanu Mehta, Public Institutions in India: Performance and
Design, Oxford University Press, 2007.
 Second ARC Report, Report X, Personnel Administration and Scaling New Heights,
2005 [https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/personnel_administration10.pdf]
 Swarup, Anil, Ethical Dilemmas of a Civil Servant, Unique Publishers, 2021 Second
ARC Report, 2005, Report IV, Ethics in Governance,
[https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/ethics4.pdf]
 Bhure Lal, ‘Civil Service Values and Neutrality’in K.S. Chalam [ed.], Governance in
South Asia: State of The Civil Services, Sage Publishers, 2014
Additional Readings
 Mathur, K. Recasting Public Administration in India: Reform, Rhetoric and Neo-
liberalism New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2019.
 Chakrabarty, Bidyut and Mohit Bhattacharya, The Governance Discourse- A Reader,
New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2008
 Gupta, Deepak, The Steel Frame: A History of the IAS, Roli Books, 2019.
 Caiden, Gerald E., 2009, Administrative Reforms, Aldine Transaction, Chicago,
2009.
 N. Bhaskar. Rao, Good Governance: Delivering Corruption-Free Public
Services, Sage Publishers, 2013.
 R. K. Sapru, Indian Administration: A Foundation of Governance, Sage, 2018.
Unit 2. Decentralization and Local Self Governance
Basic Readings
 Bardhan, Pranab and Dilip Mookherjee, ‘The Rise of Local Governments: An
Overview’, in Pranab Bardhan,And Dilip Mookherjee [eds.] Decentralisation and
Local Governance in Developing Countries: A Comparative Perspective, Oxford
University Press, 2007
 Amitabh Kundu, ‘Urban System in India: Trends, Economic Base, Governance, and a
Perspective of Growth under Globalization’ in Waquar Ahmed, Amitabh Kundu,
Richard Peet [eds.],India's New Economic Policy: A Critical Analysis, Routledge,
2010.
 B.P. Syam Roy, Democratic Decentralization in West Bengal, in E. Venkatesu,
Democratic Decentralisation in India: Experiences, Issues and Challenges, Routledge
[South Asia Edition], 2016
 Bhagidari Scheme in Delhi; Partnership Between Local Government and Non-State
Agencies/Actors; https://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/25833/1/Unit-10.pdf
 Jawed Alam Khan, ‘Issues in Devolution of Functions, Functionaries and Funds to
PRIs: A Comparative Assessment of UP, Rajasthan and Kerala in 2016’, in E.
Venkatesu,

60
  Democratic Decentralisation In India: Experiences, Issues And Challenges,
Routledge, 2016 Lalita Chandrashekhar, ‘Caste, Party and Democratic
Decentralisation in Karnataka’ in B.S. Baviskar and George Mathew [eds.] Inclusion
and Exclusion in Local Governance: Field Studies from Rural India, Sage Publishers,
2009
Additional Readings
 Jayal, N.G., Amit Prakash and P.K.Sharma, Local Governance in India:
Decentralization and Beyond, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2006.
 Satyajit Singh, The Local in Governance: Politics, Decentralisation and Environment,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2016.
 Satyajit Singh and Pradeep K. Sharma [eds.] Decentralisation: Institutions and Politics
in Rural India, Oxford University Press, 2007.
 D. A. Rondinelli and S. Cheema, Decentralisation and Development, Beverly Hills:
Sage Publishers, 1983.
 Chandni Singh and Andaleeb Rehman, Urbanising the Rural: Reflections on India’s
National Rurban Mission, Asia and Pacific Policy Studies, March 2018
 Dreze, Jean and Amartya Sen, India: Development and Participation, Oxford
University Press,New York, 2002
 Mehra, Diya, What Has Urban Decentralization Meant: A Case Study of Delhi,
PacificAffairs, Volume 86, No. 4, December 2013
 Mary John, ‘Women in Power? Gender, Caste and The Politics of Local Urban
Governance’, in T.R. Raghunandan [ed.] Decentralization and Local Government:
The Indian experience, Orient BlackSwan, 2013
Unit 3. Budget
Basic Readings
 Karnam, Gayithri (ed.), Public Budgeting in India, Principles and Practices, Springer,
2018. Nicholas Henry, Public Administration and Public Affairs. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall, 2012.
 Rumki Basu, Public Administration: Concepts and Theories, Sterling Publishers,
2013.
Additional Readings
 Green Budgeting in Annual Budget 2022;
https://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/climatechange/how-green-is-union-budget-
2022-23-- 81354
 Green Budgeting; https://www.oecd.org/environment/green-budgeting/OECD-
Green- Budgeting- Framework-Highlights.pdf
 Handbook on Gender Budgeting.;
https://wcd.nic.in/sites/default/files/GB%20-
 %20Handbook%20October%202015.pdf
 Caiden, N., ‘Public Budgeting Amidst Uncertainty and Instability’, in Shafritz, J.M. &
Hyde, A.C.eds.) Classics of Public Administration, Belmont: Wadsworth, 2004
 Siuli Sarkar, Public Administration In India, PHI Publishers,2010

61
Unit 4-5 Basic Readings
 Shamshad Ahmad, Right to Information: Issues of Administrative Efficiency, Public
Accountability and Good Governance in India, The Indian Journal of Public
Administration, Vol LV, January- March, No. 3, 2009
 Preeti D. Pohekar , A Study of Ombudsman System in India with Special Reference
to Lokayukta in Maharashtra , Gyan Publishing House, 2010
 Shivani Singh, Citizen’s Charter, in Governance: Issues and Challenges, Sage
Publishers, 2016
 Dhal, Sangita, 2022, E-Governance and Citizen Engagement: New Directions in
Public Administration, Sage Publishers
 Dhal, Sangita, ‘Situating Digital India Mission in Pursuit of Good Governance: A
Study of Electronic Governance Initiatives’, Indian Journal of Public
Administration, Sage
 Publication, January-March (66.1), pp 110-126, 2020
 Tillin, Louise Rajeshwari Deshpande and K. K. Kailash [eds.], Politics of Welfare:
Comparisons Across Indian States. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2015
 Khera, Reetika,(ed.), 2011, The Battle For Employment Guarantee, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi, 2011
Additional Readings
 N.Vittal, ‘Accountability in Public Service’in K.S. Chalam [ed.], Governance in
South Asia: State of The Civil Services, Sage Publishers, 2014 Second ARC Report,
Report 1, Right to Information, 2005,
https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/rti_masterkey1.pdf
 Samuel Paul, India's Citizen's Charters: In Search of a Champion, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 43, No. 7, Feb. 16 - 22, 2008, pp. 67-73
 Pippa Norris, Digital Divide: Civic Engagement, Information, Poverty and The
Internet World Wide. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001
 Chaudhuri, Bidisha, E-Governance In India-Interlocking, Politics, Technology and
Culture, Routledge, New York, 2014
 Dhal, Sangita, Enabling Social Rights through Proactive Public Policy: Auditing
Education and Health Sectors in India, Indian Journal of Public Administration,
Volume 52, No.1, New Delhi, 2016
 Renu Srivastava, Impact of Central Sponsored Schemes on Women Empowerment
withSpecial Reference to Health and Education, Kamlesh Gupta, State and Public
Policy, Pentagon Press, 2018
 Rukmini Banerji, ‘Learning for All: Lessons from ASER and Pratham in India on the
Role ofCitizens and Communities in Improving Children’s Learning’ in Sungsup Ra,
Shanti Jagannathan and Rupert Maclean, Powering a Learning Society During an Age
of Disruption, Springer Publishers, 2021
[https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978- 981-16-0983-1_13]
 K. Lee and Mills, The Economic of Health in Developing Countries, Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 1983
 Vinod Kumar, Socio-Economic Impact of MGNREGA on Rural People: A Study in
Mandi District of Himachal Pradesh, Indian Journal of Public Administration, Sage
Publication, January- March (59.2), 2013
[https://doi.org/10.1177/0019556120130213]
 Anjoo Sharan Upadhyaya, Ashild Kolas and Ruchita Beri, Food Governance in India:
Rights, Security and Challenges in The Global Sphere, Routledge, 2022.

62
 PSMA 207 : Concepts in Comparative Political Analysis

Course Objective

This paper offers critical perspectives on salient concepts in comparative politics. These
concepts provide the tools for understanding political processes and institutions through
comparisons across political systems and political regimes. The course aims to familiarise
students with electoral and party systems to make sense of the different ways representation is
achieved. The experiences with constitutionalism and constitutional designs which facilitate
federal sharing of power, the ideas of nationalism in anti-colonial movements, and
development models that have driven nation and state-building processes worldwide comprise
this course's core themes. The course attempts to cover these themes by deploying concepts
that provide the lens for understanding different political systems and processes, which are
reinforced with examples and case studies.

Course Learning Outcomes

After studying this course, the students would
 Acquire an understanding of a range of concepts such as nationalism and
constitutionalism
 Learn how to distinguish between different kinds of political systems based on their
electoral design and party systems
 Demonstrate knowledge of federal designs and ideas of political community based on
different notions of nationalism
 Understand development models historically and empirically

Unit 1. Socio-Economic Structures

Capitalism, Socialism, Colonialism and Neo-liberalism
Unit 2. Nationalism and anti-colonial struggles
Nation as an imagined community, Civic and Ethnic nationalisms, Ideological basis of anti-
colonial nationalism (Gandhi, Mao, Frantz Fanon and Amilcar Cabral)
Unit 3. Constitutionalism
Evolution of the idea of constitutionalism, post-colonial constitutionalism
Unit 4. Federalism
Historical context Federation and Confederation: debates around territorial division of power.
Unit 5. State and Regime types
Capitalist, Welfare, Populist and Security state
Unit 6. Electoral System
Definition and procedures: Types of electoral systems (First Past the Post, Proportional
Representation , Mixed Representation
Unit 7. Party System
Historical contexts of emergence of political parties, types of parties and party systems.

63
Unit wise Reading list:
Socio-Economic Structures
Capitalism
 R. Suresh (2010) Economy & Society -Evolution of Capitalism, New Delhi, Sage
Publications, pp.151-188; 235-268.
 G. Ritzer (2002) ‘Globalization and Related Process I: Imperialism, Colonialism,
Development, Westernization, Easternization’, in Globalization: A Basic Text.
London: Wiley- Blackwell, pp.63-84.
 M. Dobb (1950) ‘Capitalism’, in Studies in the Development of Capitalism. London:
Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd, pp. 1-32.
 E. Wood (2002) ‘The Agrarian origin of Capitalism’, in Origin of Capitalism: A Long
View. London: Verso, pp. 91-95; 166-181.
 Hoogvelt (2002) ‘History of Capitalism Expansion’, in Globalization and Third
World Politics London: Palgrave, pp. 14-28.
Socialism
 Brown (2009) ‘The Idea of Communism’, in Rise and Fall of
Communism, Harpercollins, pp. 1-25; 587-601.
 J. McCormick (2007) ‘Communist and Post-Communist States’, in Comparative
Politics in Transition, United Kingdom: Wadsworth, pp. 195-209
 R. Meek (1957) ‘The Definition of Socialism: A Comment’, The Economic Journal.
67 (265), pp.135-139.
Nationalism and anti-colonial struggles
 Anderson, Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of
Nationalism, Verso, 2006 (1983).
 U. Ozkirimli (2010), Theories of Nationalism: A Critical Introduction, Palgrave
Macmillan.
 H.B. Davis, Towards a Marxist Theory of Nationalism, Monthly Review Press, New
York, 1978
 (Chapter 8: Social Classes and the Formation of Nation: Fanon, Cabral, and the
African Liberation Struggle, pp. 202- 239)
Constitutionalism
 Mcllwain (1940 [2007]), Constitutionalism: Ancient and Modern, Cornell University
Press. 63
 U. Baxi (2000) ‘Postcolonial Legality’, in Henry and Sangeeta Ray eds., A
Companion to Postcolonial Studies, Blackwell, pp.540-555.
Federalism
 M. Burgess (2006) Comparative Federalism: Theory and Practice. London:
Routledge, pp.135- 161.
 R. Watts (2008) ’Introduction’, in Comparing Federal Systems. Montreal and
Kingston: McGill Queen’s University Press, pp. 1-27

64
  R. Saxena (2011) ‘Introduction’, in Saxena, R (eds.) Varieties of Federal
Governance:Major Contemporary Models. New Delhi: Cambridge University Press,
pp. xii-x1.
State and Regime Types
 Lindstaedt N. (2020) Authoritarian Regimes, in D. Caramani (ed.), Comparative
Politics, Oxford University Press, Ch 6. Pp.103-115
 Busch, Andreas (2015), The Changing Architecture of the National Security State’, in
Stephan Leibfried, Evelyn Huber, Mattew Large, Jonah D. Levy and John D.
Stephens (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Transformations of State, Oxford, Oxford
University Press.
 Webb, E. (2011) ‘Totalitarianism and Authoritarianism’, in Ishiyama, J. T. and
Breuning, M.(eds.) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los Angeles:
Sage, pp. 249-257.
 Mudde Cas and Kaltwasser Cristóbal Rovira (2017), What is Populism (Ch 1),
Populism around the world (Ch 2) in Populism: A Very Short Introduction, OUP
Garland, David (2016) Ch 1, Ch 6, Ch 7, in The Welfare State: A Very Short
Introduction, OUP.
 Hague, R. and Harrop, M. (2004) ‘The state in a global context’, in Comparative
Government and Politics: An Introduction. London: Palgrave McMillan, pp. 17-34.
 Kesselman, M. (2007) The Politics of Globalization. Boston: Houghton Mifflin
Company, pp.
 330- 339.
 Rosenzweig, Paul (2016) Lecture 1- Security, Liberty, or Neither, and Lecture 4-
Surveillance in America, in: The Surveillance State, Big Data, Freedom, and You,
Course Guidebook, Teaching Company.
 Mabee, B. (2009) The ‘Security State’ and the Evolution of Security Provision. in:
The Globalization of Security. New Security Challenges Series. Palgrave Macmillan,
London.
 Kersbergen K V and Philip Manow (2020) The Welfare State in D Caramani (ed.),
Comparative Politics, Oxford University Press, Ch.21, pp. 376-394
 Mabee, B. (2009). The ‘Security State’ and the Evolution of Security Provision.in:
The Globalization of Security. New Security Challenges Series. Palgrave Macmillan,
London.
 Miliband, Ralph (1973), The State in Capitalist Society, Quartet Books
 Newton, K. and Deth, Jan W. V. (2010) Welfare (Ch 17), Foundations of
ComparativePolitics: Democracies of the Modern World. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Electoral System
 Heywood (2002) ‘Representation, Electoral and Voting’, in Politics. New York:
Palgrave, pp223-245.
 Downs, W. M. (2011) ‘Electoral Systems in Comparative Perspectives’, in Ishiyama,
J. T. and Breuning, M. (eds.) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los
Angeles: Sage, pp. 159-167.
 Evans (2009) ‘Elections Systems’, in J. Bara and M. Pennington (eds.)
Comparativepolitics, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 93-119.
 R. Moser, and S. Ethan (2004) ‘Mixed Electoral Systems and Electoral System
Effects: Controlled Comparison and Cross-national Analysis’, in Electoral Studies.
23, pp. 575- 599.

65
Party System
 Caramani, D. (2020) ‘Party Systems’, in Caramani, D. (ed.) Comparative Politics.
Oxford: Oxford University Press, Ch.13, pp. 231-251.
 Choudhary, Sunil K. (2018), Theorizing Parties and Party Systems, in The Changing
Face of Parties and Party Systems, A Study of Israel and India, Palgrave Macmillan.
 Cole (2011) ‘Comparative Political Parties: Systems and Organizations’, in J.
Ishiyama, and
 M. Breuning (eds) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. LosAngeles:
Sage Publications, pp. 150-158.
 Heywood (2002) ‘Parties and Party System’, in Politics. New York: Palgrave, pp.
247- 268.
 Criddle (2003) ‘Parties and Party System’, in R. Axtmann (ed.) Understanding
Democratic Politics: An Introduction. London: Sage Publications, pp. 134-142.
Additional Readings:
 Bara, J & Pennington, M. (eds.). (2009) Comparative Politics. New Delhi: Sage.
Caramani, D. (ed.). (2020) Comparative Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press,
Fifth Ed. Hague, R. and Harrop, M. McCormick J. (2016) Comparative Government
and Politics: An
 Introduction (Tenth Edition). London: Palgrave McMillan.
 Ishiyama, J.T. and Breuning, M. (eds.). (2011) 21st Century Political Science: A
Reference Book. Los Angeles: Sage.
 Newton, K. and Deth, Jan W. V. (2010) Foundations of Comparative Politics:
Democracies of the Modern World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
 O’Neil, P. (2009) Essentials of Comparative Politics (3rd Edition). New York: WW.
Norton & Company, Inc.
 Roy Macridis (1966) The Study of Comparative Government, Random House.

66
 PSMA 208: Ancient and Medieval Indian Political Thought

Course Objective

The political thought which constitutes the dominant element of political Science is essentially
euro genetic and Eurocentric. What we study in our universities are ones which evolved and
developed with European and Anglo-American tradition. The conceptual framework and
discourses were product of societies and the forces amidst which they took birth and the shape.
That does not mean that India had no tradition of political thinking. This paper seeks to
critically engage with writers of ancient India who produced wonderful treatise on the statecraft
and several elements of government and governance. This includes the concept of monarchy,
the forms of government, the role of the state and state individual relationship.

Course Learning Outcomes

After reading the course the students would be able to answer
 What were the major institutions of government in ancient India and how did they
function?
 How thinkers like Manu, Shukra, and Kautilya perceived the role of statecraft in
society?
 What was the Nitisar tradition? How did it mark a difference from the Arthashastra
tradition?
 The students will be able to answer how Kabir epitomized the syncretic traditions of
India.
 What was the political and economic ideas of Tiruvallur and what was his take on
ethics?
Unit 1: Foundations of Indian Political Thought:
 An Overview on Sources of Indian Political Thought
 Cultural and Territorial conception of India
 Distinctive Features of Indian Political Thought
Unit 2 Manu:Social Laws and Conception of Justice
Unit 3: Shukra/Usana: The Concept of Kingship and Statecraft in Shukra_Niti
Unit 4: Kautilya: Theory of State
Unit 5: Aggannasutta (Digha Nikaya): Theory of kingship
Unit 6: Tiruvalluvar: Ethical Life and Politics
Unit 7: Kabir and Guru Nanak: Syncretism
Unit 8: Abu’l Fazl: Monarchy

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Foundations of Indian Political Thought:

 V. R. Mehta (1992) Introduction, in Foundation of Indian Political Thought, Delhi,
Manohar, pp. 1-11.
 Brown, D. M. (1953). The Premises of Indian Political Thought. The Western Political
Quarterly, 6(2), 243–249.
 Suda, J. P. (1970). Dharma: Its Nature and Role in Ancient India. The Indian Journal
of Political Science, 31(4), 356–366.
 Varma, Vishwanath Prasad (1953). Studies in Hindu Political Thought and its

67
 Metaphysical Foundations, Motilal Banarsidas, Delhi.
 Flood, Gavin (2003). The Blackwell Companion to Hinduism. Blackwell Publishing
Ltd, UK.
Unit 2: Manu
 Manu (2006) ‘Rules for Times of Adversity’, in P. Olivelle (ed. & trans.) Manu’s Code
of Law: A Critical Edition and Translation of the Manava- Dharamsastra, New Delhi:
OUP, pp.208- 213.
 V. Mehta (1992) ‘The Cosmic Vision: Manu’, in Foundations of Indian Political
Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 23- 39.
 R. Sharma (1991) ‘Varna in Relation to Law and Politics (c 600 BC-AD 500)’, in
Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass,
pp. 233- 251
 P. Olivelle (2006) ‘Introduction’, in Manu’s Code of Law: A Critical Edition and
Translation of the Manava –Dharmasastra, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 3- 50.
Unit 3: Shukra/Usana:
 Nagar, Vandana (1985). Kingship in Shukra-Niti, Pushpa Prakashan, Delhi, India.
Varma, Vishwanath Prasad (December 1962). "Some Aspects of Public Administration
in The Sukraniti". Indian Journal of Political Science. 23 (1/4): 302–308.
 Puntambekar, S. V. (1948). Some Aspects of Sukra’s Political Thought. The Indian
Journal of Political Science, 9(2/3), 1–12.
Unit 4: Kautilya: Theory of State
 Kautilya (1997) ‘The Elements of Sovereignty’ in R. Kangle (ed. and trns.), Arthasastra
of Kautilya, New Delhi: Motilal Publishers, pp. 511- 514.
 V. Mehta (1992) ‘The Pragmatic Vision: Kautilya and His Successor’, in Foundations
of Indian Political Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 88- 109.
 R. Kangle (1997) Arthashastra of Kautilya-Part-III: A Study, Delhi: Motilal
Banarsidass, pp. 116- 142.
Unit 5: Aggannasutta (Digha Nikaya): Theory of kingship
 S. Collins (ed) (2001) Agganna Sutta: An Annotated Translation, New Delhi: Sahitya
Academy,pp. 44-49.
 S. Collins (2001) ‘General Introduction’, in Agganna Sutta: The Discussion on What
isPrimary (An Annotated Translation from Pali), Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, pp. 1- 26.
 B. Gokhale (1966) ‘The Early Buddhist View of the State’, in The Journal of Asian
Studies, Vol.n XXVI (1), pp. 15- 22.
Unit 6: Tiruvalluvar: Ethical Life and Politics
 Maharajan, S. (2017), Makers of Indian Literature: Tiruvalluvar, Sahitya Akademi
Publication, New Delhi.
 K. V. Nagarajan Thiruvalluvar’s Vision: Polity and Economy in Thirukkural, History
of Political Economy 37:1, 2005 by Duke University Press.
 C.S. Srinivasachari, The Political Ideology of the Kural, Indian Journal of Political
Science, Oct- Dec 1949, pp 15-23
 Norman Cutler, Interpreting Thirukural: The Role of the Commentary in the Creation
of a Text,Journal of the American Oriental Society, October- December 1992, Vol 112,
No 4, pp 549-556
Unit 7: Kabir and Guru Nanak: Syncretism
 Kabir. (2002) The Bijak of Kabir (translated by L. Hess and S. Singh), Delhi: Oxford
University Press, No. 30, 97, pp. 50- 51 & 69- 70.
 V. Mehta (1992) Foundation of Indian Political Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 157- 183.
G. Omvedt (2008) ‘Kabir and Ravidas, Envisioning Begumpura’, in Seeking

68
 Begumpura: The Social Vision of Anti Caste Intellectual, Delhi: Navayana, pp. 91- 107.
Unit 8: Abu’l Fazl: Monarchy
 Fazl (1873) The Ain-i Akbari (translated by H. Blochmann), Calcutta: G. H. Rouse, pp.
47- 57.
 V. Mehta (1992) ‘The Imperial Vision: Barni and Fazal’, in Foundations of Indian
Political thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 134- 156.
 Additional Readings:
 V.R.Mehta, Foundations of Indian Political Thought. Delhi: 1992, Manohar
 U.N.Ghoshal, A History of Indian Political Ideas: the ancient period and the period of
transition to the middle ages . OUP, Bombay, 1959
 Himanshu Roy & M.P.Singh (eds.), Indian Political Thought, Pearson, Second edition,
2017.
 Ankit Tomar & Suratha K Malik (eds.), Ancient and Medieval Indian Thought: Themes
and Traditions. Sage. 2020

69
 PSMI 209: Global Politics

Course Objective
This course aims to familiarize the students with key concepts and issues of global politics by
providing an overall frame that de-centres the Eurocentric notion of the origins and
development of global politics and introduces students to the alternative locations of global
politics through history as well as in the contemporary contexts. Through the conceptual frames
of geo-politics, geo-economics and geo- strategy, students will learn about various dimensions
of the contemporary dynamics of global politics. Students will debate questions of dominance,
control, and identity by examining the cultural frames of global politics. The course also offers
insights into key and pressing contemporary global issues ranging from climate change, nuclear
proliferation and migration to the rise and impact of global terrorism and, human security. It
also discusses politics at the grassroots level through the lens of global social movements in an
interconnected world. Throughout, the course attempts to foreground the perspectives from the
Global South in order to pluralize and truly globalize the domain of global politics.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, students would acquire
 A basic clarity on the meaning, nature and significance of global politics.
 Ability to analyse global politics beyond its conventional Eurocentric accounts.
 Conceptual tools to understand its dynamics in the contemporary context.
 An understanding of the debates on the changing nature of global politics in terms of
deglobalization and post-globalization along with territorialization and
deterritorialization.
 The ability to understand the operational aspects of geo-politics, geo-economics, and
geostrategy in the context of global politics.
 The skills to analyze discourses on cultural frames of global politics
 An enhanced understanding of contemporary global issues like- ecology, environment,
proliferation of nuclear weapons, global terrorism, human security, and migration.

Syllabus
Unit 1: Locating Global Politics (4 Lectures)
Unit 2: Changing Nature of Global Politics (14 Lectures)
 Globalization to de-globalization, and post-globalization (4 Lectures)
 Geo-politics, Geo-economics, and Geo-strategy (4 Lectures)
 Territorialisation and De-territorialisation (3 Lectures)
 Cultural Frames of Global Politics (3 Lectures)
Unit 3 Contemporary Global Issues (14 Lectures)
 Ecological Issues: Climate Change, and International Environmental Agreements
(3Lectures)
 Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons in Post- Cold War Era (3 Lectures)
 Global Terrorism and Its Impact (3 Lectures)
 Migration (2 Lectures)
 Human Security (3 Lectures)
Unit 4 Global Social Movements (4 Lectures)

Unit wise reading list:

70
Unit 1 Locating Global Politics
Essential readings:
 Hobson, J.M. (2004). The Eastern origins of Western civilization (pp. 1-26).
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
 Acharya, Amitav (2014), “Who Are the Norm Makers? The Asian-African Conference
in Bandung and the Evolution of Norms” in Special Section on “Principles from the
Periphery: The Neglected Southern Sources of Global Norms”, Global Governance, 20
(3): 405- 417.
Additional readings:
 Hobson, J.M. (2020), “Globalization” in A. B. Tickner, & K. Smith (eds.), International
Relations from the Global South: Worlds of difference (pp. 221-239). Routledge.
 https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315756233
 Pieterse, Jan Nederveen (2017), “Oriental Globalization: Past and Present”, in Delanty,
Gerard (eds.), Europe and Asia Beyond East and West, New York: Routledge, pp. 61-
73.
 Getachew, A. (2019), Worldmaking after Empire: The rise and fall of self-
determination (pp.
 13). Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Unit 2 Changing Nature of Global Politics
 Globalization to de-globalization, and post-globalization

Essential readings:
 Ritzer, G. (2010), Globalization: A Basic Text, West Sussex: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 33-
62.Stager,
 M. (2009). Globalization: A Very Short Introduction, London: Oxford University Press,
pp. 1-16.
 Kornprobst, M. & Paul, T.V. (2021), “Globalization, deglobalization and the liberal
international order”, International Affairs, 97 (5): 1305-1316.
 Flew, T. (2020). “Globalization, neo-globalization and post-globalization: The
challenge of populism and the return of the national”, Global Media and
Communication, 16 (1): 19- 39.
Additional Readings:
 Held, D., & McGrew A. (2003), “The Great Globalization Debate: An introduction” in
D. Held, & A. McGrew. (eds.), Global Transformations Reader: Politics, Economics
and Culture. Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 1-50.
 Paul, T.V. (2021). “Globalization, deglobalization and reglobalization: Adapting liberal
international order”. International Affairs, 97 (5): 1599-1620.
 James, Harold (2017), “Deglobalization as a Global Challenge”, Centre for
International Governance Innovation (CIGI) Papers No. 135,
URL:https://www.cigionline.org/sites/default/files/documents/Paper%20no.135WEB
_pdf
Geo-politics, Geo-economics, and Geo-strategy

71
Essential Readings:
 Chaturvedi, S. (2012), “Geopolitics” in B.S. Chimni, & S. Mallavarapu (eds.),
International Relations: Perspectives for the Global South, New Delhi: Pearson, pp:
149-166.
 Wigell, Mikael et al. (2019) (eds.), Geo-economics and Power Politics in the 21st
Century: The Revival of Economic Statecraft, London: Routledge, pp: 1-24.
 Hobson, John M. (2021), Multicultural Origins of the Global Economy: Beyond the
Western- Centric Frontier, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 433-455.
 Blouet, Brian W. (2005) (eds.), Global Geostrategy: Mackinder and the defence of the
West, New York: Frank Cass, pp. 1-16; 137-141; 165-171.
Additional Readings:
 Flint, C. (2022). Introduction to Geopolitics (4th Edition), London: Routledge, pp: 1-
44.Dodds,
 K. (2019), Geopolitics: A Very Short Introduction (3rd Edition), Oxford: Oxford
University Press, pp. 1-14.
 Luttwak, Edward N. (1998), “From Geopolitics to Geo-Economics: Logic of Conflict,
Grammar of Commerce” in Tuathail, Gearoid O et al. (eds.), The Geopolitics Reader,
London: Routledge, pp. 125-130.
 Dorsman, Andre B et al. (2018) (eds.), Energy economy, Finance and Geostrategy,
Cham (Switzerland): Springer, pp. 1-10.
Territorialisation and De-territorialisation
Essential Readings:
 Sassen, Saskia (1996), “The State and the new geography of power”, in Losing Control?
Sovereignty in an Age of Globalisation, New York: Columbia University Press, pp. 1-
32.
 Elden, S. (2005), “Missing the Point: Globalization, Deterritorialization and the Space
ofthe World”, Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 30(1), 8–19.
Additional Readings:
 Scholte, J. A. (2003), “What is ‘Global’ about Globalization?” In D. Held & A.
McGrew. (eds.), Global Transformations: Politics, Economics and Culture, Cambridge:
PolityPress, pp. 84- 91.
 Appadurai, A. (1990), “Disjuncture and Difference in the Global Cultural Economy”,
Theory Culture and Society, 7 (2-3): 295-310.
 Cultural Frames of Global Politics (3 Lectures)
Essential Readings:
 Harshe, R. (2006), “Culture, Identity and International Relations”, Economic and
Political Weekly,41(37), 3945–3951.
 Lapid, Yosef (1996), “Culture’s Ship: Returns and Departures in International
Relations Theory”, in Lapid, Yosef and Friedrich Kratochwil (eds.), The Return of
Culture andIdentity in IR Theory, London: Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc., pp. 3-20.
Additional Readings:
 Holton, Robert (2000), “Globalization’s Cultural Consequences”, The Annals of the
American Academy of Political and Social Science (ANNALS, AAPSS), 570: 140-

72
152.
 Gusterson, Hugh (2005), “The Seven Deadly Sins of Samuel Huntington”, in Besteman,
Catherine and Hugh Gusterson (eds.), Why America’s Top Pundits are Wrong,
Berkeley: University of California Press, pp. 24-42. Chirico, JoAnn (2014),
“Globalizing Culture: Change and Continuity”, in Globalization:Prospects and
Problems, Washington D.C.: Sage Publications, pp. 254-284.
Unit 3 Contemporary Global Issues (14 Lectures)
Ecological Issues: Climate Change, and International Environmental Agreements
Essential Readings:
 Heywood, A. (2011), “Global Environmental Issues” in Global Politics, New York:
Palgrave, pp. 383-411.
 Volger, J. (2011), ‘Environmental Issues’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.),
Globalization of World Politics, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 348-362.
Additional Readings:
 Kreienkamp, J. (2019), “The Long Road to Paris: The History of the Global Climate
Change Regime”, Global Governance Institute Policy Brief Series (pp. 1-24), London:
University College.
 https://www.ucl.ac.uk/global-governance/sites/globalgovernance/
files/the_long_road_to_paris_the_history_of_the_global_climate_change_regime.pdf
Death, Carl (2019), ‘Can We Save the Planet?’, in Edkins, Jenny & Maja Zehfuss (eds.),
 GlobalPolitics: A New Introduction (3rd edition), New York: Routledge, pp. 61-84.
 Falkner, Robert (2012), “Global environmentalism and the greening of international
society”, International Affairs, 88 (3): 503-522.
 Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons in Post- Cold War Era
Essential Readings:
 Howlett (2011), “Nuclear Proliferation” in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.), The
Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations, New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 384-397.
 Narang, Vipin (2017), “Strategies of Nuclear Proliferation: How States Pursue the
Bomb”, International Security, 41(3): 110-150.
Additional Readings:
 Heywood, A. (2011), Nuclear Proliferation and Disarmament. In Global Politics, New
York: Palgrave, pp. 263-281.
 Chacko, Priya & Alexander E Davis (2018), “Resignifying ‘responsibility’: India,
exceptionalism and nuclear non-proliferation”, Asian Journal of Political
Science, pp. 1- 19.
 URL:https://doi.org/10.1080/02185377.2018.1486218
Global Terrorism and Its Impact
Essential Readings:
 Bajpai, K.P. (2012), “Terrorism” in B.S. Chimni and Siddharth
Mallavarapu (eds.), Handbook on International Relations: Essays from the Global
South. New Delhi:

73
  Pearson Education, pp. 312- 327.
 Gerges, F.A. (2005), The Far Enemy: Why Jihad Went Global,Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, pp. 119-150.
Additional Readings:
 Heywood, A. (2011), “Terrorism” in Global Politics, New York: Palgrave, pp. 282-
302.Vanaik,
 (2007), Masks of Empire, New Delhi: Tulika, pp. 103-128.
 Hoffman, Bruce (2002), “Rethinking Terrorism and Counterterrorism Since 9/11”,
Studiesin Conflict and Terrorism, 25 (5): 303-316.
 Barber, Benjamin (2010), “On Terrorism and New Democratic Realism”, in Ritzer,
George &Zenep Atalay (eds.), Readings in Globalization: Key Concepts and Major
Debates, West Sussex:Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 305-306.
Migration
Essential Readings:
 Castells, S. (2012), “Global Migration” In B.S. Chimni, & S. Mallavarapu (eds.),
International Relations: Perspectives for the Global South, New Delhi: Pearson India
Education, pp. 272- 285.
 Chirico, JoAnn (2014), “Transborder Threats to Human Well-Being: Inequality
andMigration”, in Globalization: Prospects and Problems, Washington D.C.: Sage
Publications, pp. 368- 382.
Additional Readings:
 Aneesh, A. (2006), Virtual Migration: The Programming of Globalization, London:
Duke University Press, pp. 67-99.
 Ritzer, G. (2010), “Global Flows of People: Vagabonds and Tourists”, in Globalization:
A Basic Text, West Sussex: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 297-321.
 Moses, J. (2006), International Migration: Globalization’s Last Frontier, London: Zed
Books, pp. 1-17.
Human Security
Essential Readings:
 Acharya, Amitav (2014), “Human Security” in Baylis, J. et al. (eds.), The Globalization
of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations (6th edition), Oxford:
Oxford University Press, pp. 448-462.
 Tadjbakhsh, S. & Chenoy, Anuradha (2007), Human Security, London: Routledge, pp.
13- 19; 123- 127; 236-243.
Additional Readings:
 Acharya, Amitav (2001), “Human Security: East versus West”, International Journal,
56 (3): 442-460.
 Cook, Alistair D.B. (2017), “Non-traditional Security and World Politics”, in Beeson,
Mark & Nick Bisley (eds.), Issues in 21st Century World Politics (3rd edition), New
York: Palgrave- Macmillan, pp. 38-51.
 UNDP (1994), “Human Development Report: New Dimensions of Human Security”,
https://www.hdr.undp.org/en/content/human-development-report-1994.

74
Unit 4 Global Social Movements
Essential Readings:
 Fominaya, C. (2014), Social Movements and Globalization- How Protests, Occupation
and Uprisings are Changing the World (Chapter 3), pp: 27-49, New York: Palgrave
Macmillan.
 Guidry, John A. et al. (2000) (eds.), Globalizations and Social Movements: Culture,
Power, and the Transnational Public Sphere, Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press,
pp. 1- 32.
 Eschle, Catherine & Neil Stammers (2004), “Taking Part: Social Movements, INGOs,
and Global Change”, Alternatives, 29 (3): 333-372.
Additional Readings:
 Moola, Sarifa (2004), “Contem porary Activism : Sthifting
Movements, CThanging Actors”, Agenda: Empowering Women for Gender
Equity, 60: 39-46.
 Maiba, Hermann (2005), “Grassroots Transnational Social Movement Activism: The
Case of Peoples’ Global Action”, Sociological Focus: 38 (1): 41-63.
 Laxer, Gordon & Sandra Halperin (2003) (eds.), Global Civil Society and Its Limits,
New York: Palgrave Macmillan, pp: 1-21.
Additional References:
 Tickner, Arlene B. & Karen Smith (2020) (eds.), International Relations from the
Global South: Worlds of Difference, New York: Routledge.
 Acharya, A. (2018), Constructing Global Order: Agency and Change in World Politics,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
 Lechner, Frank J. & John Boli (2015) (eds.), The Globalization Reader (5th edition),
Oxford: Wiley Blackwell.Schaeffer, Robert K. (2021), After Globalization: Crisis and
Disintegration, New York: Routledge.
 Stiglitz, Joseph E. (2018), Globalization and Its Discontents Revisited: Anti-
Globalization in the Era of Trump, New York: W.W. Norton & Company.
 Stuenkel, Oliver (2016), Post Western World: How Emerging Powers are Remaking
Global Order, Cambridge: Polity.
 Chari, Chandra (2008) (eds.), War, Peace and Hegemony in a Globalized World: The
Changing Balance of Power in the Twenty-first Century, New York: Routledge.

75
 B.A Political Science
Semester V
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 301 Western Political Philosophy - I 4
2. PSMA 302 Modern Indian Political Thought 4
3. PSMA 303 Political Process in India 4
4. PSMA 304 Internship 4
Or
Public Opinion and Survey Research
Minor
5. PSMI 305 International Political Economy 4
Total 20

76
 PSMA 301: Western Political Philosophy – I

Course Objective
This course goes back to Greek antiquity and familiarizes the students with the manner in which
the political questions were first posed and answered normatively. The aim is to introduce to
the students the questions, ideas and values of political philosophy addressed by political
thinkers and juxtapose the same to contemporary political thinking. The course aims to provide
a critical grasp of the philosophical issues at the heart of politics.
Course Learning Outcomes
By the end of the course students would be able to:
 Understand how to read and decode the classics and use them to engage contemporary
socio- political issues.
 Connect with historically written texts and their interpretations.
 Clearly present their own arguments and thoughts about contemporary issues and
develop ideas to engage with the latter.
Unit 1: Text and Interpretation (1 week)
Unit 2: Antiquity
 Plato (2 weeks) :Philosophy and Politics, Virtues, Justice, Philosopher King/Queen,
Communism, Plato on Democracy, Women and Guardianship, Philosophic Education
and Good
 Aristotle (2 weeks) : Man as zoon politikon, State and Household, Citizenship, Justice,
Virtue, Regimes
Unit 3: Interlude:
 Machiavelli (2 weeks) : Vice and Virtue, Power, Political ethics, Religion and morality,
Republicanism, statecraft
Unit 4: Possessive Individualism Hobbes (2 weeks)
 Human nature, State of Nature, Social Contract and the role of consent, State and
sovereignty
 Locke (2 weeks) : Laws of Nature, Natural Rights, Consent, Justification of Property,
Right to Resist, Toleration

Unit wise reading list

Text and Interpretation
 T. Ball (2004) ‘History and Interpretation’ in C. Kukathas and G. Gaus (eds.) Handbook
of Political Theory, London: Sage Publications Ltd. pp. 18-30.
 Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Harvard University Press,
London, Introduction: 1-20.
 Q. Skinner (2002) ‘Vision of Politics’ Volume I, Meaning and understanding in the
history of Ideas, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp57-89
Antiquity
 Plato, Republic, Chapters, trans. G.M.A Grube, revised by C.D.C. Reeve. Indianapolis:

77
 Hackett,1992
 Plato, https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/plato/, Sanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
 A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi:
Pearson Education, pp. 9-32.
 R. Kraut (1996) ‘Introduction to the study of Plato’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The Cambridge
Companion to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1-50.
 Reeve (2009) ‘Plato’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 62-80
 Aristotle, Politics, Chapters, trans. C.D.C. Reeve (called “Politics”) Indianapolis:
Hackett,1998 Aristotle, https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/aristotle-politics/,
Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
 Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi:
Pearson Education, pp. 53-64.
 T. Burns (2009) ‘Aristotle’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp.81-99.
 C. Taylor (1995) ‘Politics’, in J. Barnes (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Aristotle.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 232-258
 Interlude
 Machiavelli, Republic, Chapters XII, XVII, XXI, Mansfield, Harvey C. (1985) The
University of Chicago Press: Chicago and London
 Machiavelli, https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/machiavelli/, Stanford
Encyclopedia of Philosophy
 A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi:
Pearson Education, pp. 124-130
 Q. Skinner (2000) ‘The Adviser to Princes’, in Machiavelli: A Very Short Introduction,
Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 23-53
 J. Femia (2009) ‘Machiavelli’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers:
From Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 163-184
 Possessive Individualism
 Hobbes, T. Leviathan, Chapters 1, 2, 3, Curley, Edwin (1994), Hackett Publishing
Company, Inc:Indiana.
 Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Harvard University Press,
Londonpp.23- 94
 A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi:
Pearson Education pp. 131-157.
 D. Baum gold (2009) ‘Hobbes’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers:
From Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 189-206.
 C. Macpherson (1962) The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to
Locke. Oxford University Press, Ontario, pp. 17-29.
 Locke, J. Two Treatise of Government (Cambridge: CUP, 1988), Book II, Chapter1-5
Rawls, J.
 Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Introduction: 103-38

78
 A. Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi:
Pearson Education, pp. 181-209.
 J. Waldron (2009) ‘John Locke’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers:

79
 PSMA 302 : Modern Indian Political Thought

Course objective
The objective of this course is to study important themes through individual thinkers. The
course has been designed to give students a glimpse of the richness and diversity within Indian
political thought. The thinkers have been consciously selected to represent a wide spectrum of
ideologies and vantage points within the modern Indian thought tradition. Selected extracts
from original texts are also included to be discussed in the class. This will help students to have
experience in understanding how these thinkers build up their arguments and develop their
views on the respective themes.

Course Learning Outcomes

After reading this course, the students will be able to answer How Vivekanand understood
India and Indian Nationalism?
 How Tagore and Gandhi differed from each other on the subject of nationalism and
internationalism?
 They will be able to answer how Deendayal Upadhyay, Nehru, Ambedkar and Lohia
differed and converged on the subjects like state and democracy in India?
 How Tilak understood Swaraj, and did Gandhi extended the meaning of the same?

Unit 1. Understanding Modern Indian Political Thought

Unit 2. Nation and Nationalism: Swami Vivekananda, Md. Iqbal, Rabindranath Tagore and
Gandhi
Unit 3. State and Democracy: Jawaharlal Nehru, Deendayal Upadhyay, Ram Manohar Lohia,
and Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar
Unit 4. Rights: Rammohan Roy, Tarabai Shinde
Unit 5. Swaraj: Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi

Unit wise reading list

Understanding Modern Indian Political Thought
 V. Mehta and T. Pantham (2006) ‘A Thematic Introduction to Political Ideas in Modern
India: Thematic Explorations, History of Science, Philosophy and Culture in Indian
civilization’ Vol. 10,Part: 7 (New Delhi: Sage Publications), pp. xxvii-ixi.
 D. Dalton (1982) ‘Continuity of Innovation’, in Indian Idea of Freedom: Political
Thought of Swami Vivekananda, Aurobindo Ghose, Rabindranath Tagore and
Mahatma Gandhi (Gurgaon: Academic Press), pp. 1-28.
 R. Guha (2010) “Prologue: Thinking Through India”, in Makers of Modern India,
Penguin Books.pp.1- 22
Nation and Nationalism: Swami Vivekananda, Md. Iqbal, Rabindranath Tagore and Gandhi
 Sen, Amiya P. (2011), ‘Vivekanand: Cultural Nationalism’, in M. P. Singh and
Himanshu Roy (ed.), Indian Political Thought: Themes and Thinkers (Delhi: Pearson)
 Tagore: M. Radhakrishnan and Devasmita (2003), ‘Nationalism is a great menace:

80
 Tagore and Nationalism’, in P. Hogan, Coln and L. Pandit (ed.) Rabindranath Tagore:
Universality and Tradition (London: Rosemont), pp. 29-39.
 Sevea, Iqbal Singh (2018), ‘Rejecting Nationalism, Relocating the Nation’, in The
Political Philosophy of Muhammad Iqbal: Islam and Nationalism in Late Colonial India
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press).
 Guha, R (2010), “The Rooted Cosmopolitan” in the Makers of Modern India, Penguin,
pp 185-203
State and Democracy: Jawaharlal Nehru, Deendayal Upadhyay, Ram Manohar Lohia, and
Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar
 Parekh, B. (1991), ‘Nehru and the National Philosophy of India’, Economic and
Political Weekly,vol. 26 (1/2), pp. 35-48.
 Yadav, Y. (2010), ‘What is Living and What is Dead in Ram Manohar Lohia?’
Economic and Political Weekly, vol. XLV (40), pp. 107.
 Deendayal Upadhyay (1964), Integral Humanism, Bharatiya Jana Sangha, Delhi.
 Ambedkar, B.R. (2017) “The Challenges before the Parliamentary Democracy in India
and their Remedies”, in B.L.Mungekar, The Essential Ambedkar, Rupa, Chap-09
Rights: Rammohan Roy, Tarabai Shinde
 Mukherjee, S. (2014), ‘The Social Implications of the Political Thought of Raja
Rammohun Roy’,
 Sydney Studies in Society and Culture, pp. 11-40.
 O’ Hanlon, Rosalind (2002) A comparison between women and men: Tarabai Shinde
and the critique of Gender Relations in Colonial India Oxford University Press: New
Delhi - Introduction
Swaraj: Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
 Parel, A. (ed.) (2002), ‘Introduction’, in Gandhi, freedom and Self Rule, Delhi: Vistaar
Publication.
 Inamdar, N.R. (1986), “The Political Ideas of Lokmanya Tilak” in Thomas Pantham
and Kenneth Deutsch (ed.) Political thought in modern India, New Delhi: Sage pp. 110-
121
 Singh, S. P. (2017), ‘Tilak’s Nationalism and Swaraj’, in M. P. Singh and Himanshu
Roy (ed.),
Additional Readings:
 Mahopatra, Silika and Singh, Akash (2012), ‘What is Indian Political
Thought’, in Self (ed.),
 Indian Political Thought (New York: Routledge).
 Parekh, Bhikhu (2012), ‘The Poverty of Indian Political Theory’, in Akash Singh and
Silika Mahopatra(ed.), Indian Political Thought (New York: Routledge), pp. 220-235.
 Vivekananda, ‘The Nature of British Rule in India- II’, in Amiya P. Sen (ed.), The
Indispensable Vivekananda: An Anthology for Our Times (New Delhi: Permanent
Black).

81
pp. 63-69.
 Tagore, R (2018) ‘Nationalism in India’, in Nationalism (New Delhi: Macmillan), pp.
97-130. Madani, M. (2005), Composite Nationalism and Islam (New Delhi: Manohar),
pp. 66-91.
 Gokhale, B. G. (1964), ‘Swami Vivekananda and Indian Nationalism’, Journal of Bible
and Religion, vol. 32 (1), pp. 35-42.
 Bhattacharya, S. (2016), ‘Antinomies of Nationalism and Rabindranath Tagore’,
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 51 (6).
 Nandy, A. (1994), ‘Rabindranath Tagore & Politics of Self’, in Illegitimacy of
Nationalism(Delhi: Oxford University Press), pp. 1-50.
 Majeed, J. (2009), ‘Pan-Islam, Race and Nationalism’, in Muhammad Iqbal: Islam,
Aesthetics, and Postcolonialism (New Delhi: Routledge).
 Nehru, J. (1991) ‘Selected Works’, in S. Hay (ed.), Sources of Indian Tradition, Vol. 2,
Second Edition (New Delhi: Penguin), pp. 317-319.
 Kothari, Rajni (1964), ‘The Meaning of Jawaharlal Nehru’, The Economic Weekly, pp.
1203- 1207. Jaffrelot C. and Kumar, N. (2018). Dr. Ambedkar and Democracy: An
Anthology (Delhi: Oxford University Press).
 Mukherjee, A. P. (2009), ‘B. R. Ambedkar, John Dewey and the meaning of
Democracy’, New Literary History, vol. 40(2), pp. 345-370
 Kumar, A. (2010), ‘Understanding Lohia’s Political Sociology: Intersectionality of
Caste, Class, Gender and Language Issue’, Economic and Political Weekly, vol. XLV
(40), pp.64- 70.
 Roy, Rammohun (1902), ‘Petitions against the Press Regulation to the Supreme Court,
and to the Ring in Council, in J. C. Ghose (ed.), The English Works of Raja Ram Mohun
Roy (Calcutta: S. K.Lahiri), pp. 278-321.
 Lele, Jayant (1998) Gender Consciousness in Mid-Nineteenth- Century Maharashtra in
Anne Feldhaus
 Images of women in Maharashtrian Society. The University of New York press: New
York Bayly, C. A. (2010), Ram Mohan and the Advent of Constitutional Liberalism in
India; 1800 to 1830 in S. Kapila (ed.) An Intellectual History for India, New Delhi:
Cambridge University Press:pp-18-34
 Pantham, T. (1986) The socio-religious thought of Ram Mohan Roy in Thomas
Pantham and Kenneth Deutsch (ed.) Political thought in modern India, New Delhi:
Sage, pp-32-52
 Chakravarti, U. (2007) Pandita Ramabai - A Life and a Time, New Delhi: Critical
Quest, pp.1- 40.
 Omvedt, G. (2008) ‘Ramabai: Women in the Kingdom of God’, in Seeking Begumpura:
The Social Vision of Anti Caste Intellectuals, New Delhi: Navayana. pp. 205-224.
 Tilak, B. G. (1922) ‘Karma yoga and Swaraj’ and ‘Swarajya speech at Godhra’, in Bal
Gangadhar Tilak: His Writings and Speeches (Madras: Ganesh & Co.), pp. 245-248;
292-298.
 Gandhi, M. K. (2006), Hind Swaraj (Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House).
 Mukherjee, R. (2009), ‘Gandhi’s Swaraj’, Economic and Political Weekly, vol. 44(50),

82
 pp. 34-39.
 Kapila, Shruti (2010), ‘Self, Spencer and Swaraj: Nationalist Thought And Critiques
Of Liberalism, 1890–1920’, in self (ed.) An Intellectual History for India (New Delhi:
Cambridge University Press), pp. 109-127
 Piney, Christopher (2011), ‘The Tiger’s Nature, but Not the Tiger: Bal Gangadhar Tilak
as Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi’s Counter-Guru’, Public Culture 23(2), pp. 395-416.

83
 PSMA 303: Political Process in India

Course Objective
This course aims to familiarise the students with how politics manifests itself in India. It
involves looking at the different modes through which power is exercised and dispersed in
society along the axes of caste, class, religion, ethnicity and gender. It seeks insights from
political sociology to understand how the political process is mediated through and structured
by various forms of social power. It enables students to comprehend the relationship between
caste, religion and politics, the constitutional recognition and institutional arrangements for
self-government, autonomy and development in the context of tribal communities as reflected
in the Fifth and Sixth Schedules, and the various constitutional and legal provisions that enable
the state to empower the marginalised and vulnerable in society. It also provides students with
the analytical tools for understanding the different dimensions of the Indian state as it governs
through regulation, welfare and coercion. The course enables the students to understand the
party system in India, its changing form in response to democratic churnings and electoral
competition, and their role in articulating political power. It draws attention to the
constitutional, statutory and institutional arrangements for regulating electoral competition by
studying electoral reforms and the Election Commission of India.

Course Learning Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, the students will demonstrate:
 Understanding of the political process in India and its interaction with social cleavages
of caste, class, gender, ethnicity and religion
 Familiarity with how the state in India responds to social groups and vulnerable sections
 Knowledge of political parties and the party system in India
 Awareness of how representation and electoral competition play out in Indian politics

Unit 1. Political Parties and the Party System

 Political Parties: National and State Parties;
 Trends in the Party System: From the Congress System to the ascendancy of the
Multiparty Colation System
Unit 2. Elections and Electoral Processes
 Electoral Process, Representation and social determinants of voting behaviour; Election
Commission and Electoral Reforms
Unit 3. Religion and Politics
 Debates on Secularism and Communalism
Unit 4. Caste and Politics
 Caste in Politics and the Politicization of Caste; Intersectionality of Caste, Class and
Gender, reservation and affirmative action policies
Unit 5. Tribes and Politics
 Policies and Challenges: Fifth and Sixth Schedules; Forest Rights Act; Development
and Issues of Displacement

84
Unit 6. Dimensions of the State in India
 Welfare, Regulatory and Coercive

Unit wise reading list

Political Parties and the Party System
 R. Kothari (2002) ‘The Congress System’, in Z. Hasan (ed.) Parties and Party Politics
in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp 39-55.
 Pradeep Chibber and Rahul Verma (2019) ‘The Rise of the Second Dominant Party
System in India: BJPs New Social Coalition in 2019’ in Studies in Politics, Vol. 7,
No.2, Pp.131- 148.
 Y. Yadav and S. Palshikar (2006) ‘Party System and Electoral Politics in the Indian
States,1952- 2002: From Hegemony to Convergence’, in P.R. DeSouza and E.
Sridharan (eds.) India’s PoliticalParties, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. 73-115.
 C. Jaffrelot and G. Verniers (2020), ‘A New Party System of a New Political System?’,
 Contemporary South Asia, Vol.28, No.2, pp. 141-154.
 M. Vaishnav and J. Hintson (2019), ‘The Dawn of India’s Fourth Party System’,
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace Paper, 5 September.
 K.C. Suri (2019), ‘Social Change and the Changing Indian Voter: Consolidation of the
BJP in India’s 2019 Lok Sabha Election’, Studies in Indian Politics, Vol.7, Issue 2,
pp.234-246.
Election and Electoral Process
 N. G. Jayal (2006) Representing India: Ethnic Diversity and the Governance of Public
Institutions,Palgrave Macmillan, London.
 Yogendra Yadav (2010), ‘Representation’, in Niraja Gopal Jayal and Pratap Bhanu
Mehta (eds),
 The Oxford Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 347-
360.
 E. Sridharan and M. Vaishnav (2017), ‘Election Commission of India’, in D. Kapur,
P.B. Mehta and M. Vaishnav (eds.) Rethinking Public Institutions in India, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press,pp. 417-463.
 U.K. Singh and A. Roy (2018), ‘Regulating the Electoral Domain: The Election
Commission of India’,
 Indian Journal of Public Administration, 17 August 2018.
 U. Singh and A. Roy (2019), Election Commission of India: Institutionalising
Democratic Uncertainties, Oxford University Press, Delhi.
 S. Kumar (2022), Elections in India: An Overview, Routledge, London and New York
 Y. Yadav (2000) ‘Understanding the Second Democratic Upsurge’, in F. Frankel, Z.
Hasan, and
 R. Bhargava (eds.) Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics in Democracy,
New Delhi:Oxford University Press, pp. 120-145.
Religion and Politics
 T. Pantham (2004) ‘Understanding Indian Secularism: Learning from its Recent

85
 Critics’, in
 R. Vora and S. Palshikar (eds.) Indian Democracy: Meanings and Practices, New Delhi:
Sage,pp.235- 256.
 N. Chandhoke (2010) ‘Secularism’, in P. Mehta and N. Jayal (eds.) The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 333-346.
 R Bhargava (ed.) (2006) Secularism and its Critics, Oxford India Paperbacks.
Caste and Politics
 R. Kothari (1970) ‘Introduction’, in Caste in Indian Politics, Delhi: Orient Longman,
pp.3-
 25. M. Weiner (2001) ‘The Struggle for Equality: Caste in Indian Politics’, in Atul
Kohli (ed.)
 TheSuccess of India’s Democracy, New Delhi: Cambridge University Press, pp. 193-
225.
 G. Omvedt (2002) ‘Ambedkar and After: The Dalit Movement in India’, in
G. Shah(ed.)
 Social Movements and the State, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. 293-309.
 M. Galanter (2002) ‘The Long Half-Life of Reservations’, in Z. Hasan, E. Sridharan
and R. Sudarshan (eds.) India’s Living Constitution: Ideas, Practices, Controversies,
New Delhi:Permanent Black, pp. 306-318.
 C. Jaffrelot (2005) ‘The Politics of the OBCs’, in Seminar, Issue 549, pp. 41-45.
 M. John (2011) ‘The Politics of Quotas and the Women’s Reservation Bill in India’, in
M. Tsujimura and J. Steele (eds.) Gender Equality in Asia, Japan: Tohoku University
Press, pp. 169-195.
Tribes and Politics
 B. Sharma (2010), ‘The 1990s: Great Expectations’; ‘The 2000s: Disillusionment
Unfathomable’, in Unbroken History of Broken Promises: Indian State and Tribal
People, Delhi: Freedom Press and SahyogPustakKuteer, pp. 64-91.
 V. Xaxa (2019) ‘Isolation, Inclusion and Exclusion: the case of Adivasis in India’, in
V.S.Rao, Adivasi Rights and Exclusion in India, Oxon and New York: Routledge,
pp.27-40
 Kothari, N. Pathak and A. Bose (2011) ‘Forests, Rights and Conservation: FRA Act
2006, India’, in Henry Scheyvens (ed.) Critical Review of Selected Forest-Related
Regulatory Initiatives: Applying a Rights Based Perspective, Institute for Global
Environmental Strategies, pp. 19–50
Dimensions of the State in India

86
  Chakraborty (2019) ‘From Passive Beneficiary to ‘Rights Claimants’: What Difference
Does it Make’, in A. P. D’Costa and A. Chakraborty eds., Changing Contexts and
Shifting Roles of the Indian State: New Perspectives on Development Dynamics,
Singapore: Springer, pp. 25-38.
 P. Chatterjee (2010) ‘The State’, in N. G. Jayal and P. B. Mehta eds. The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 3-14.
 R. Khera (2020) ‘India’s Welfare State: A Halting Shift from Benevolence to Rights’,
 Current History, April.
 M. Khosla and M. Vaishnav (2021), ‘The Three Faces of the Indian State’, Open
Democracy, 32(1), pp. 111-25.
 M. Mohanty (1989) ‘Duality of the State Process in India: A Hypothesis’, Bhartiya
SamajikChintan, Vol. XII (1-2)
 K. Thiruvengadam ‘Flag-bearers of a New Era? The Evolution of New Regulatory
Institutions in India (1991-2016)’ in S. Rose-Ackerman, P.L. Lindseth and J. Emerson
eds., Comparative Administrative Law, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar, pp.218-232.
 L. Tillin, R. Deshpande and K.K. Kailash eds. (2015) Politics of Welfare:
Comparisonsacross Indian States, Delhi: Oxford University Press [Introduction:
Comparing the Politics of Welfare across Indian States, pp. 1-39]
 L. Tillin (2021) ‘Does India have Subnational Welfare Regimes? The Role of State
Governments in Shaping Social Policy’, Territory, Politics, Governance, Vol 10, Issue
1, pp 86-102
 Verma (2007) ‘Police Agencies and Coercive Power’, in S. Ganguly, L. Diamond and
M. Plattner (eds.) The State of India’s Democracy, Baltimore: John Hopkins University
Press,pp. 130-139.
 D. Kapur and M. Khosla (2019), Regulation in India: Design, Capacity, Performance,
New Delhi and London: Bloomsbury [Chapter One: ‘The Reality of Indian Regulation’,
pp. 3- 29].
 Y. Yadav (2020) Making Sense of Indian Democracy, Ranikhet: Permanent Black
[Chapter 9: ‘On Theories of the Indian State’, pp. 236-248). unirsity Press, 2015) pp.
650-662.
 FromSocrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 207-224
 C. Macpherson (1962) The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to
Locke. OxfordUniversity Press, Ontario, pp. 194-214.
Additional Resources:
 J. Coleman (2000) ‘Introduction’, in A History of Political Thought: From Ancient
Greece to EarlyChristianity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 1-20.
 Q. Skinner (2010) ‘Preface’, in The Foundations of Modern Political Thought Volume
I, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press pp. ix-xv.
 S. Okin (1992) ‘Philosopher Queens and Private Wives’, in S. Okin Women in Western
Political Thought, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 28-50
 R. Kraut (1996) ‘The Defence of Justice in Plato's Republic’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The
Cambridge Companion to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 311-337
T. Saunders (1996) ‘Plato's Later Political Thought’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The Cambridge

87
 Companion to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 464-492.
 J. Coleman (2000) ‘Aristotle’, in J. Coleman A History of Political Thought: From
Ancient Greece to Early Christianity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp.120-186 D.
Hutchinson (1995) ‘Ethics’, in
 J. Barnes (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Aristotle Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press,pp. 195-232.
 I. Hampsher-Monk (2001) ‘Thomas Hobbes’, in A History of Modern Political
Thought: MajorPolitical Thinkers from Hobbes to Marx, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers,
pp. 1-67.
 A. Ryan (1996) ‘Hobbes's political philosophy’, in T. Sorell
(ed.)CambridgeCompanion to Hobbes. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, pp. 208-245.
 R. Ashcraft (1999) ‘Locke's Political Philosophy’, in V. Chappell (ed.) The Cambridge
Companion to Locke, Cambridge. Cambridge University Press, pp. 226-251.
 Hampsher-Monk (2001) A History of Modern Political Thought: Major Political
Thinkers from Hobbes to Marx, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 69-116.

88
 *PSMA 304: Internship

Or

PSMA 304: Public Opinion and Survey Research

Course Objective:
This course will introduce the students to the debates, principles and practices of public opinion
polls in the context of democracies, with special reference to India. It will familiarise the
students with the principles and practice of survey research and conceptualising and measuring
public opinion using quantitative methods. The course will give special attention to developing
basic skills in collecting, analysing and utilising quantitative data.
Course Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
 Understand the importance of public opinion in a democracy and the role of survey
research in comprehending the workings of a democratic political system
 Learn about the methods used for conducting surveys and interpreting survey data
 Acquire basic skill sets related to understanding public opinion formation, conducting
research through sample data, framing a questionnaire, etc.
 Acquire basic skill sets related to the measurement of public opinion, such as data
analysis using statistical methods.

Unit 1: Introduction to the course (6 lectures)

 Definition and characteristics of public opinion, conceptions and characteristics
 Debates about its role in a democratic political system, uses for opinion poll
Unit 2: Measuring Public Opinion with Surveys: Representation and Sampling (6
lectures)
 What is sampling? Why do we need to sample? Sample design.
 Sampling error and non-response
 Types of sampling: Non-random sampling (quota, purposive and snowball sampling);
random sampling: simple and stratified
Unit 3: Survey Research (2 lectures)
 Interviewing: Interview techniques pitfalls, different types of and forms of interview
 Questionnaire: Question wording, fairness, and clarity.
Unit 4: Quantitative Data Analysis (4 lectures)
 Introduction to quantitative data analysis
 Basic concepts: correlational research, causation and prediction,
descriptive and inferential Statistics
Unit 5: Interpreting polls (6 lectures)
 Prediction in polling research: possibilities and pitfalls Politics of interpreting polling

Unit wise reading list

89
Introduction to the course
 R. Erikson and K. Tedin (2011) American Public Opinion, 8th edition, New York:
Pearson Longman Publishers. pp. 40-46.
 G. Gallup (1948) A guide to public opinion polls Princeton, Princeton University Press,
1948. Pp.3-13.
Measuring Public Opinion with Surveys: Representation and Sampling
 G. Kalton (1983) Introduction to Survey Sampling Beverly Hills, Sage Publication.
 Lokniti Team (2009) ‘National Election Study 2009: A Methodological Note’,
Economic andPolitical Weekly, Vol. XLIV (39)
 Lokniti Team (2004) ‘National Election Study 2004’, Economic and Political Weekly,
Vol.XXXIX (51).
 ‘Asking About Numbers: Why and How’, Political Analysis (2013), Vol. 21(1): 48-69
(first published online November 21, 2012)
Survey Research
 H. Asher (2001) ‘Chapters 3 and 5’, in Polling and the Public: What Every Citizen
ShouldKnow, Washington DC: Congressional Quarterly Press.
 R. Erikson and K. Tedin (2011) American Public Opinion, 8th edition, New York,
Pearson Longman Publishers, pp. 40-46.
Quantitative Data Analysis
 Agresti and B. Finlay (2009) Statistical methods for the Social Sciences, 4th edition,
NJ:Pearson-Prentice Hall.
 S. Kumar and P. Rai (2013) ‘Chapter 1’, in Measuring Voting Behaviour in India, New
Delhi:Sage.
Interpreting polls
 R. Karandikar, C. Pyne and Y. Yadav (2002) ‘Predicting the 1998 Indian Parliamentary
Elections’, Electoral Studies, Vol. 21, pp.69-89.
 M. McDermott and K. A. Frankovic (2003) ‘Horserace Polling and Survey Methods
Effects: AnAnalysis of the 2000 Campaign’, Public Opinion Quarterly 67, pp. 244-264.
Additional Readings:
 K. Warren (2001) ‘Chapter 2’, In Defense of Public Opinion Polling, Boulder:
Westview Press,pp. 45-80.
 W. Cochran (2007) ‘Chapter 1’, Sampling Techniques, John Wiley & Sons.
 G. Gallup (1948) A Guide to Public Opinion Polls. Princeton: Princeton University
Press, pp. 14-20; 73-75.
 D. Rowntree (2000) Statistics Without Tears: An Introduction for Non Mathematicians,
Harmondsworth: Penguin.

90
 PSMI 305: International Political Economy

Course Objective:
This course introduces to the students the significant linkages between politics and economics
in the domain of International Relations by apprising them about the meaning, nature and
conceptual foundations of the field of International Political Economy. In doing this, the course
examines the structural, functional linkages between the macroeconomic global structure and
the systemic contours of global politics. Students will learn about the traditional and critical
theoretical frameworks employed to examine the nature and functioning of international
political economy. These theories include economic nationalism, liberalism and neo-Marxism
on the one hand and historical sociology, feminism and postcolonialism on the other. Based on
these conceptual and theoretical foundations, the course then attempts to delineate the
significant issues about the nature and functioning of the global political economy, mainly
focusing on international trade, development and finance. The course also examines the key
constitutive elements of global economic governance, including multilateral and regional
institutions, regimes and multinational corporations. Further, the course introduces the students
to critical concerns about global financial crises and the indicators of information
communications technology (ICT), the cyber economy and the global civil society.

Course Learning Outcomes:

By the completion of the course, the students would be able to:
 Develop a basic understanding of the structural, functional linkages that connect
politics and economics.
 Learn to use conceptual tools and theoretical frameworks to understand the nature and
basic functioning of the international political economy.
 Understand the structural drivers that determine international trade and finance
contours.
 Develop an understanding of the Global South’s contribution to this field both in the
domain of ideas and working of the global political economy.
 Understand how our economic life is transforming due to the information and
communication technology, the cyber economy and interventions of the global civil
society.

Unit 1. Introduction: Understanding the intersectionality between politics and economy [2

lectures]
Unit 2. Theoretical Perspectives [12 lectures]
 Economic Nationalism,
 Liberalism and Structuralism Historical Sociology,
 Feminism and Postcolonialism
Unit 3. International Trade and Development [10 lectures]
 International trade Multinational corporations

91
  Perspectives from the Global South and the Indian Story
Unit 4. International Finance [5 lectures]
 International finance and monetary structure International and regional financial
institutions
Unit 5. New Directions and New Challenges [7 lectures]
 ICT and Cyber economy Economic Crises Global Civil Society

Unit Wise Reading List

Unit 1. Introduction: Understanding the intersectionality between politics and economy
Essential Readings
 Gilpin, Robert (2001), “The Nature of Political Economy”, in Global Political
Economy: Understanding the International Economic Order, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton
University Press, pp.25-45.
 Balaam, David N. and Bradford Dillman (2014), “What Is International Political
Economy?”, in Introduction to International Political Economy, 6th edition, Boston:
Pearson, pp. 2-24.
Additional Readings
 Gilpin, Robert (2001), “Introduction: The Fragile Global Economy” and “The Second
Great Ageof Capitalism”, in The Challenge of Global Capitalism: The World Economy
in the 21st Century,Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, pp. 3-51.
 Frieden, Jeffrey and Lisa Martin (2002), “International Political Economy: Global and
Domestic Interactions,” in Ira Katznelson and Helen Milner, eds., Political Science:
The State of the Discipline, New York & London: W. W. Norton & Co., pp. 118-146.
 Hirst, Paul, Grahame Thompson and Simon Bromley (2009), “Globalization and the
History of the International Economy”, in Globalization in Question, third edition,
Cambridge: Polity Press,pp.54-107.
 Strange, Susan (1970), “International Economics and International Relations: A Case
of Mutual Neglect”, International Affairs, 46 (2): 304- 315.
Unit 2.a. Economic Nationalism, Liberalism and Structuralism Essential Readings
 Balaam, David N. and Bradford Dillman (2014), “Laissez-Faire: The Economic
LiberalPerspective”, “Wealth and Power: The Mercantilist Perspective”, and
“Economic Determinism and Exploitation: The Structuralist Perspective”, in
Introduction to International Political Economy, 6th edition, Boston: Pearson, pp. 25-
52; 53-77; 78- 100.
 Martinussen, John (1997), “Neo-Marxist Theories of Underdevelopment and
Dependency”,in Society, State and Market: A guide to competing theories of
development, London: Zed Books Ltd., pp. 85-100.
 Gilpin, Robert (1987), “Three Ideologies of Political Economy”, in The Political
Economyof International Relations, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 25-64.
 Strange, Susan (2003), “States, Firms, and Diplomacy”, in Jeffry A. Frieden and David
A. Lake (ed.) International Political Economy: Perspectives on Global Power and
Wealth, Fourth Edition,London and New York: Routledge, pp. 60-68.

92
Additional Readings
 O’Brien, Robert and Marc Williams (2016), “Theories of Global Political Economy”,
in Global Political Economy: Evolution and Dynamics, Fifth Edition, London:
Palgrave,pp. 6-21.
 Frank, Andre Gunder (1966) “The Development of Underdevelopment,” Monthly
Review, 18 (4):17- 31.
 Wallerstein, Immanuel (1974), “The Rise and Future Demise of the World-Capitalist
System: Concepts for Comparative Analysis”, Comparative Studies in Society and
History, 16 (4): 387- 415.
 Gilpin, Robert (2001), “The Neoclassical Conception of Economy”, “The Study
of International Political Economy”, and “New Economic Theories”, in Global Political
Economy: Understanding the International Economic Order, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton
University Press, pp. 46-128.
 Shaikh, Anwar (2005), “The Economic Mythology of Neoliberalism”, in Alfredo Saad-
Filho and Deborah Johnston (eds.) Neoliberalism: A Critical Reader, London: Pluto
Press, pp. 41- 49.
 Lenin, V.I. (1997), “The Export of Capital”, and “Imperialism as a Special Stage of
Capitalism”, reproduced in George T. Crane and Abla Amawi (eds.) The Theoretical
Evolution of International Political Economy: A Reader, New York: Oxford University
Press, pp. 98-101.
Unit 2.b. Historical Sociology, Feminism and Postcolonialism
Essential Readings
 Hobson, John M. (1997), “A sociology of international relations and an international
relations of sociology”, in The Wealth of States: A Comparative Sociology of
International Economic and Political Change, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
pp. 1-22.
 Griffin, Penny (2017), “Gender and the Global Political Economy”, Oxford Research
Encyclopedia of International Studies, URL:
https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190846626.013.187
 Bhambra, Gurminder K. (2020) “Colonial global economy: towards a theoretical
reorientation of political economy”, Review of International Political Economy, 28 (2):
3017- 322.
Additional Readings
 Escobar, Arturo (1984), “Discourse and Power in Development: Michel Foucault and
the Relevance of his Work to the Third World”, Alternatives: Global, Local, Political,
10 (3): 377- 400.
 Gill, Stephen and David Law (1993), “Global hegemony and the structural power of
capital”, in
 Stephen Gill (ed.) Gramsci, Historical Materialism and
International Relations, Cambridge:Cambridge University Press, pp. 93-124.
 Steans, Jill (1999), “The Private is Global: Feminist Politics and Global Political
Economy,”NewPolitical Economy, Vol. 4, No. 1, pp.113-128.
 Griffin, Penny (2007), “Refashioning IPE: and How Gender Analysis Teaches

93
 International (Global) Political Economy”, Review of International Political Economy,
Vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 719- 736.
 Rai, Shirin M. (2002), “Gender and Development: Theoretical Perspectives in
Context”, Gender and the political economy of development: from nationalism to
globalization, Oxford: Polity,pp. 44-83.
 Unit 3.a. International Trade Essential Readings
 O’Brien, Robert and Marc Williams (2016), “International Trade”, in Global Political
Economy:Evolution and Dynamics, Fifth Edition, London: Palgrave, pp. 102-124.
 Krasner, Stephen D. (2003), “State Power and the Structure of International Trade”, in
Jeffry Frieden and David A. Lake (ed.) International Political Economy: Perspectives
on Global Power and Wealth, Fourth Edition, London and New York: Routledge, pp.
19-36.
Additional Readings
 Archer, Candace and Stefan Fritsch (2010) “Global fair trade: Humanizing
globalization and reintroducing the normative to international political economy”,
Review of International PoliticalEconomy, 17: 103-128.
 Gilpin, Robert (1987), “The Politics of International Trade”, in The Political Economy
of International Relations, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 171-230.
 Ruggie, John Gerard (1982) “International Regimes, Transactions, and Change:
Embedded Liberalism in the Postwar Economic Order”, International Organization, 36
(2): 379-415.
 Baracuhy, Braz (2012), “The Geopolitics of Multilateralism: The WTO Doha Round
Deadlock, the BRICs, and the Challenges of Institutionalised Power Transitions,” CRP
Working Paper Series, No. 4, January. URL: https://fdocuments.net/document/the-
geopolitics-of- multilateralism-the-wto-doha-round-deadlock.html
Unit 3.b. Multinational corporations
Essential Readings
 Hirst, Paul, Grahame Thompson and Simon Bromley (2009), “Multinational
Companies and the Internationalization of Business Activity”, in Globalization in
Question, third edition, Cambridge:Polity Press, pp. 109-149.
 Balaam, David N. and Bradford Dillman (2014), “Transnational Corporations:
TheGovernance of Foreign Investment”, in Introduction to International Political
Economy, 6th edition, Boston: Pearson, pp. 432-457
Additional Readings
 Gilpin, Robert (1987), “Multinational Corporations and International Production”, The
Political Economy of International Relations, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp.
231-26.
 Fieldhouse, David (2003) “‘A New Imperial System’? The Role of the Multinational
Corporations Reconsidered”, in Jeffry A. Frieden and David A. Lake (ed.) International
Political Economy: Perspectives on Global Power and Wealth, Fourth Edition, London
and New York: Routledge.
Unit 3.c. Perspectives from Global South and the Indian Story Essential Readings
 Buzan, Barry and George Lawson (2016), “The Impact of the ‘Global Transformation’

94
 on Uneven and Combined Development”, in Alexander Anievas and Kamran Matin
(eds.) Historical Sociology and World History Uneven and Combined Development
over the Longue Durée,London: Rowman & Littlefield International, pp. 171-184.
 David L. Blaney and Naeem Inayatullah (2016), “The Stakes of Uneven and Combined
Development” in Alexander Anievas and Kamran Matin (eds.) Historical Sociology
and World History Uneven and Combined Development over the Longue Durée,
London: Rowman &Littlefield International, pp. 239-250.
 Mukherjee, Aditya (2010) “Empire: How colonial India made modern Britain”,
Economic and Political Weekly, 45(50), 73– 82.
 Dadabhai Naoroji (1901), “Deficit of Imports Compared with the exports of India”;
“The Drain to England”; “Increase of the Drain”; “Small Amount of Imports from
England”; “India's Tribute”; and “The Elements of the Drain”, in Poverty and Unbritish
Rule in India, London: SwanSonnenschein & Co., Ltd, pp.28-34.
 Subrahmanyam, Sanjay (1988) “Commerce and State Power in Eighteenth-Century
India:Some Reflections”, South Asia Research 8 (2): 97-110.
Additional Readings
 Dutt, Romesh (1902), “External Trade”, and “Finance And The Economic Drain, 1793-
1837”, in The Economic History of India: Under Early British Rule, Vol.1: From The
Rise Of The British Power In 1757 To The Accession Of Queen Victoria In 1837,Great
Britain: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner, pp. 291-302; 398-420.
 Chaudhuri, K.N. (1983), “Foreign Trade and Balance of Payments (1757-1947)”, in
Dharma Kumar (ed.) The Cambridge Economic History Of India, Volume 2: c.1757-
c.1970, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 804-877.
 Shaikh, Anwar (2006), “Globalization and the myth of free trade”, in Anwa rShaikh
(ed.) Globalization and the Myths of Free Trade, London and New York: Routledge,
pp. 50-68. Acemoglu, Daron and James A. Robinson (2013), “Reversing Development”
and “The Virtuous Circle”, in Why Nations Fail: The Origins of Power, Prosperity, and
Poverty.London: Profile Books, pp. 245-273, 302-334.
 Chibber, Vivek (2003), “Late Development and State-Building”, Locked in Place:
State- Building and Late Industrialization in India, Princeton: Princeton University
Press, pp. 13- 48.
 Daron Acemoglu and James A. Robinson (2017), “The economic impact of
colonialism”, in Stelios Michalopoulos and Elias Papaioannou (eds.) The Long
Economic and Political Shadow ofHistory: Volume I. A Global View, London: CEPR
Press, pp. 81-88.
Unit 4.a. International finance and monetary structure Essential Readings
 Balaam, David N. and Bradford Dillman (2014), “The International Monetary and
Finance Structure”, in Introduction to International Political Economy, 6th edition,
Boston: Pearson,pp. 151-177
 Eric Helleiner (2017), “The Evolution of the International Monetary and Financial
System”,in John Ravenhill (ed.) Global Political Economy, fifth edition, Oxford:
Oxford University Press, 119-224.
Additional Readings

95
  Setser, Brad (2008),“A Neo-Westphalian International Financial System?”, Journal of
International Affairs, Vol. 62, No. 1, pp. 17-34.
 Wade, Robert (2006), “Choking the South”, New Left Review, Vol. 38, March/April,
pp. 115- 127.
Unit 4.b. International and regional financial institutions Essential Readings
 Williams, Marc (2012), “Global Economic Institutions” in Richard Devetak, Anthony
Burke and Jim George (eds.) An Introduction to International Relations, second edition,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 336-347.
 Rana, Pradumna B. and Ramon Pacheco Pardo (2018), “Rise of Complementarity
between Global and Regional Financial Institutions: Perspectives from Asia”, Global
Policy, 9(2): 231- 243.
 Wihtol, Robert (1988), “The Asian Development Bank”, in The Asian Development
Bank and Rural Development: Policy and Practice, London: Macmillan Press, pp. 16-
30.
Additional Readings
 Vetterlein, Antje (2012), “Seeing Like the World Bank on Poverty,” New Political
Economy, Vol.17, No. 1, pp. 35-58.
 Picciotto, Robert (2003), “A New World Bank for a New Century”, in C. Roe Goddard,
Patrick Cronin and Kishore C. Dash (eds.) International Political Economy: State-
Market Relations in a Changing Global Order, Boulder, Colo. : Lynne Rienner, pp. 341-
352.
 Cooper, Andrew F. (2017), “The BRICS’ New Development Bank: Shifting from
MaterialLeverage to Innovative Capacity”, Global Policy, 8 (3): 275-284.
 Lisa L. Martin (2006), “Distribution, Information, and Delegation to International
Organizations: The Case of IMF Conditionality,” in Darren G. Hawkins et al. (eds.)
Delegation and Agency in International Organizations, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, pp. 140-164.
 Oatley, Thomas (2019), “Developing Countries and International Finance II: The
Global Capital Flow Cycle”, in International Political Economy, Sixth Edition, New
York and London: Routledge, pp. 428-453.
 Sinha, Aseema (2021) “Understanding the ‘crisis of the institution’ in the liberal trade
order at theWTO”, International Affairs, 97 (5): 1521–1540.
 Nel, Philip (2010), “Redistribution and Recognition: What Emerging Regional Powers
Want”, Review of International Studies, Vol. 36, No. 4, pp. 951-974.
Unit 5.a. ICT and Cyber economy
Essential Readings
 Brass, Irina and David J. Hornsby (2019), “Digital Technological Innovation and the
International Political Economy”, in T. M. Shaw et al. (eds.), The Palgrave Handbookof
Contemporary International Political Economy, London: Palgrave Macmillan.
 O’Brien, Robert and Marc Williams (2016) Global Political Economy: Evolution and
Dynamics, Fifth Edition, London: Palgrave, pp. 266-268.
Additional Readings
 Castells, Manuel (2010), “The New Economy: Informationalism, Globalization,

96
 Networking”, inThe Rise of the Network Society, 2nd edition, Malden, M.A.: Wiley
Blackwell, pp. 77-162.
 Dicken, Peter (2015), “Technological Change: ‘Gales of Creative Destruction’”, in
Global Shift: Mapping the Changing Contours of the World Economy, 7th Edition,
London: The Guilford Press,pp. 74-113.
 Fidler, David (2021), “Cybersecurity, Global Commerce, and International
Organizations”, in Paul Cornish (ed.) The Oxford Handbook of Cyber Security, Oxford:
Oxford University Press, pp. 497-513.
 Wittel, Andreas (2013), “Counter-commodification: The economy of contribution in
the digital commons”, Culture and Organization, 19:4, 314-331.
Unit 5.b. Economic Crises Essential Readings
 Hale, Thomas, David Held, Kevin Young (2013), “Economy”, in Gridlock: Why
Global Cooperation is Failing when We Need It Most, London: Polity Press, 113-188.
 Luis W. Pauly(2017), “The Political Economy of Global Financial Crises”, in John
Ravenhill (ed.) Global Political Economy, fifth edition, Oxford: Oxford University
Press, pp. 225-252.
 Stiglitz, Joseph E. (2017),“The Burden of Debt”, in Making Globalization Work: The
Next Stepsto Global Justice, London: Allen Lane, pp. 211-244.
 Wade, Robert and Frank Veneroso (1998), “The Asian Crisis: The High Debt Model
Versus theWall Street-Treasury-IMF Complex,” New Left Review, I/228, pp. 3-22.
 Helleiner, Eric (2011) “Understanding the 2007-2008 Global Financial Crisis: Lessons
for Scholars of International Political Economy?” Annual Review of Political Science,
Vol.14, pp.67-87.
Additional Readings
 O’Brien, Robert and Marc Williams (2016) Global Political Economy: Evolution and
Dynamics, Fifth Edition, London: Palgrave, pp. 153-178.
 Ferguson, Niall (2008), “Afterword: The Decent of Money”, in The Ascent of Money:
A FinancialHistory of the World, New York: The Penguin Press, pp. 341-358.
 Lipson, Charles (1981),“The International Organization of
Third World Debt”,InternationalOrganization, 35 (4): 603-631.
Unit 5.c. Global Civil Society Essential Readings
 Scholte, Jan Aart (2000), “Global Civil Society”, in Ngaire Woods (ed.) The Political
Economy of Globalization, New Tork: St. Martin’s Press, pp. 173-201.
 Cerny, Philip G. (2003), “Globalization and the Changing Logic of Collective Action”,
in Jeffry A. Frieden and David A. Lake (ed.) International Political Economy:
Perspectives on Global Power and Wealth, Fourth Edition, London and New York:
Routledge, pp. 446- 460.
 Additional Readings
 Nathan, Dev, D. Narasimha Reddy and Govind Kelkar (2008), “Addressing Crises and
Change”, inInternational Trade and Global Civil Society, London and New York:
Routledge, pp. 247- 264.
 Sen, Amartya (2009), “Human Rights and Global Imperatives”, and “Justice and the
World”, in The Idea of Justice, Cambridge: The Belknap Press of Harvard University

97
 Press, pp. 355-416.

Reference Literature:
 Gilpin, Robert (2001), Global Political Economy: Understanding the
International EconomicOrder, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.
 Grieco, Joseph M. and G. John Ikenberry (2003), State, Power and World Markets: The
International Political Economy, New York: W.W. Norton & Co.
 Hulsemeyer, Axel (2010), International Political Economy: A Reader, Oxford: Oxford
UniversityPress.
 Oatley, Thomas (2019) International Political Economy, Sixth Edition, New York and
London:Routledge.
 Ravenhill, John (ed.) (2017) Global Political Economy, fifth edition, Oxford: Oxford
UniversityPress. Strange, Susan (1994) State and the Markets, Second Edition, London
and New York: Continuum.
 Strange, Susan (1996) The Retreat of the State: The Diffusion of Power in the World
Economy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

98
 B.A Political Science
Semester VI
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 306 Public Policy 4
2. PSMA 307 Comparative Political Systems 4
3. PSMA 308 India’s Foreign Policy: Challenges and 4
Strategies
4. PSMA 309 Contemporary Political Economy 4
Minor
5. PSMI 310 Citizenship in a Globalizing World 4
Total 20

99
 PSMA 306 : Public Policy

Course Objective:
The success of government lies in good policy-making and effective implementation. Public
policies are intended to secure a good life for the people and the citizens. The present course
comprises all aspects of public policy, i.e., how it is formed, what forces and factors that shape
it, and how it is monitored, implemented and evaluated. The module gives a conceptual
understanding of public policy and provides insights on critically examining it in normative
and empirical frameworks.

Course Learning Outcomes

After reading this module students will learn:
 The meaning of public policy and how different theories have emerged to understand
it. How public policies are formulated? What are the agencies involved in it?
 How Public policies are monitored and evaluated? What are the important tools for it?
What are the principles that are normally employed to evaluate public policies?
 What is corporate social responsibility, and why is it important for corporations to take
it?

Unit 1: Introduction
 Formulation, implementation and evaluation
 Theories of Public Policy: Elite Theory, Group Theory, Incremental Theory, Political
System Theory, Public Process Theory
Unit 2: Public Policy Design and Implementation
 Policy Design: What, Who, How and Why (Michael Howlett), Herbert Simon Policy
Monitoring: Tools and Techniques
 Policy Implementation, Decentralization and Local Government in Public Policy
implementation State Capacity Building (Francis Fukuyama)
Unit 3: Public Policy Evaluation
 Principles for evaluation
 Methods and Techniques of Evaluation
Unit 4: Politics of Policy
 Normative analysis of policy issues
 The interrelationship between Business and Government Policy, Corporate Social
Responsibility The interrelationship between Nongovernmental Organisations and
Government Policy

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: Introduction
 Howlett, M., Cashore, B. (2014). Conceptualizing Public Policy. In Engeli, I., Allison,
C.R. (Eds.), Comparative Policy Studies. Research Methods Series. London: Palgrave
Macmillan. Kitschelt,

100
  H. (1986). Four Theories of Public Policy Making and Fast Breeder Reactor
 Development. International Organization, 40(1), pp. 65-104.
 Mead, L. M. (2013). Teaching public policy: Linking policy and politics. Journal of
Public AffairsEducation (19), pp. 389–403.
 Teune, H. (1977). Macro Theoretical Approaches to Public Policy Analysis: The Fiscal
Crisis of American Cities. The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social
Science (434), pp.174-185.
Unit 2: Public Policy Design and Implementation
 Crawford, G., & Hartmann, C. (2008). Introduction: Decentralisation as a Pathway out
of Poverty and Conflict? In Crawford, G., & Hartmann, C. (Eds.), Decentralisation in
Africa: A Pathway out of Poverty and Conflict? Amsterdam: Amsterdam University
Press, pp. 7-32.
 Bandyopadhyay, D. (1996). Administration, Decentralisation and Good
Governance.Economic and Political Weekly, 31(48), pp. 3109-3114.
 Fukuyama, F. (2004). State-building: governance and world order in the 21st century.
Ithaca, N.Y:Cornell University Press.
 Fukuyama, F. (2004). The Imperative of State-Building. Journal of Democracy, 15 (2),
pp.17-31.
 Howlett, M. (2014). Policy Design: What, Who, How and Why? In Charlotte, H, Pierre,
L.,& Patrick, L. G. (Eds.), L'instrumentationetses effets. Paris: Presses de Sciences Po,
pp. 281- 315.
 Jones, B. (2002). Bounded Rationality and Public Policy: Herbert A. Simon and the
Decisional Foundation of Collective Choice. Policy Sciences, 35(3), pp. 269-284.
 Waterman, R., & Wood, B. (1993). Policy Monitoring and Policy Analysis. Journal of
Policy Analysis and Management, 12(4), pp. 685-699.
Unit 3: Public Policy Evaluation
 Anderson, C. (1979). The Place of Principles in Policy Analysis. The American
Political Science Review, 73(3), pp. 711-723.
 Linder, S., & Peters, B. (1984). From Social Theory to Policy Design. Journal of Public
Policy, 4(3), pp. 237-259.
 Provus, M. (1971). Evaluation as Public Policy. Curriculum Theory Network (8/9), pp.
33-44. Purdon, S. et al. (2001). Research Methods for Policy Evaluation. Department
for Work and
 Pensions, Research Working Paper No 2.
Unit 4: Politics of Policy
 Guy Peters, B. The Politics of Bureaucracy: An Introduction to Comparative Public
Administration New York, Routledge, 2018.
 Lipsky, M. Street-Level Bureaucracy: Dilemmas of the Individual in Public Services
New York, Russell sage Publications, 2010. Preface, xi-xx, Chapters 1(The Critical role
of Street- Level Bureaucrats) and 2 (Street-Level Bureaucrats as Policy Makers), pp 3-
26.
 Mathur, K. & J. BJORKMAN Policy Making in India: Who Speaks? Who Listens? Har
Anand Publishers, New Delhi, 2009.

101
  Kochanek, S.A. Liberalisation and business lobbying in India The Journal of
Commonwealth and Comparative Politics Vol 34, Issue 3, 1996, pp. 155-173.
 Sinha, A. India’s Porous State: Blurred Boundaries and the Business-State Relationship
in Jaffrelot,C.Kohli, K. Murali eds. Business and Politics in India New York, Oxford
University Press, 2019, pp. 50-94. Also, Introduction, pp.1-22.
 Doh, J.P. &H. Teegen Globalisation and NGOs: Transforming Business, Government
and Society Praeger, Westport, 2003. Ch 1: Nongovernmental Organisations, Corporate
Strategy and Public Policy: NGOs as Agents of Change pp1-18.
Additional Readings
 T. Dye, Understanding Public Policy, 5th Edition. U.S.A: Prentice Hall, 1984, pp. 1-
44,
 Xun Wu, M.Ramesh, Michael Howlett and Scott Fritzen,The Public Policy Primer:
Managing ThePolicy Process, Rutledge, 2010
 Mary Jo Hatch and Ann.L. Cunliffe Organisation Theory: Modern, Symbolic and
PostmodernPerspectives, Oxford University Press,2006
 Michael Howlett, Designing Public Policies: Principles and Instruments, Rutledge,
2011 The Oxford Handbook of Public Policy, Oxford University Press, 2006
 Prabir Kumar De, Public Policy and Systems, Pearson Education, 2012
 R.V. Vaidyanatha Ayyar, Public Policy Making In India, Pearson,2009
 Surendra Munshi and Biju Paul Abraham [Eds.] Good Governance, Democratic
Societies and Globalisation, Sage Publishers, 2004

102
 PSMA 307: Comparative Political Systems

Course Objective:
This course aims to train students in applying comparative methods to studying different
political systems concerning institutions and their functioning in these countries from a
comparative perspective. Students will be familiarised with the defining features like political
tradition, state formation, constitution and division of power, structure of government, electoral
system, political parties, party system, and the contemporary social and economic challenges
in these societies.

Course Learning Outcomes:

This paper will provide students with a comprehensive understanding of a range of political
systems from different continents in a historical context. The students will study different
countries in detail concerning their political tradition and state formation, constitution and
division of power, political parties and elections, political economy and contemporary
challenges. The critical analysis of different political systems will delineate the institutional
structures, processes, and functioning of these systems. The course content would also help
students develop analytical skills to understand the similarities and differences and the
uniqueness of some cases that highlight how the matrix of diverse determinants and variables
results in different discourses in different countries.

Unit 1 : Political Traditions and Constitutional Development

Unit 2 : Society and Economy: Nature of state
Unit 3 : Party and electoral system
Unit 4 : Unitary and Federal System
Unit 5 : Case Studies:
I. United Kingdom
II. United States of America
III. Brazil
IV. Russia
V. China
VI. South Africa
VII. Israel

Readings:
 Patrick H. O’Neil, Karl Fields and Don Share (2010), Cases in Comparative Politics,
3rd Ed., W. W. Norton & Company: New York and London. pp. 31-74 (Britain), 75-
114 (US), 200- 244 (Japan), 245-284 (Russia), 285-326 (China), 450-489 (Brazil), and
490-530 (South Africa).
 John McCormick (2010), Comparative Politics in Transition, 6th Ed., Wadsworth:
Boston, MA. pp. 50-97 (United States), 98-147 (Britain), 148-194 (Japan), 210-257
(Russia), 258-304 (China).
 G. Bingham Powell, Jr., Russell J. Dalton, Kaare W. Strom (2015), Comparative

103
 Politics Today: A World View, 11th Ed., Pearson: Edinburgh Gate. 172-217 (Britain),
318-359 (Japan), 360- 407 (Russia), 408-455 (China), 506-555 (Brazil), 702-749
(United States).(Richard Rose, Dennis Kavanagh)
United Kingdom
 P. Rutland (2007), ‘Britain’, in J. Kopstein and M. Lichbach. (eds.) Comparative
Politics: Interest, Identities and Institutions in a Changing Global Order. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press,pp. 39-79.
 Joel Krieger (2019), ‘Britain’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A. Joseph
(eds.), Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing
Agendas, 8th Ed.,Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 38-83.
 Duncan Watts (2006), British Government and Politics: A Comparative Guide,
Edinburgh University Press: Edinburgh.
United States of America
 Louis DeSipio (2019), ‘The United States’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and
William Joseph (eds.), Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and
Changing Agendas,8th Ed., Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 324-368.
 John G. Geer, Wendy J. Schiller, Jeffrey A. Segal, and Dana K. Glencross (2012),
Gateways to Democracy: An Introduction to American Government, The Essentials,
Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 36-71 (The Constitution), 284-317 (Political
Parties), 360- 407 (Congress), 4-8- 453 (The Presidency)
Brazil
 Alfred P. Montero (2019), ‘Brazil’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A.
Joseph (eds.), Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing
Agendas, 8th Ed.,Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 369-414.
 Frances Hagopian (2019), ‘The Political Economy of Inequality’, in Barry Ames (eds.),
Routledge Handbook of Brazilian Politics, Routledge: New York, pp. 375-390.
Russia
 Joan DeBardeleben (2019), ‘The Russian Federation’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger
and William
 A. Joseph (eds.), Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political
Challenge and Changing Agendas, 8th Ed., Cengage Learning: Boston,
MA, pp. 555-606.
 Eric Shiraev (2021), Russian Government and Politics, 3rd Ed., Red Globe Press:
London, pp. 22- 67 (Political and Tradition Soviet State), 71-88 (The Executive
Branch), 119-132 (Political Parties).
 Graeme Gill and James Young (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Russian Politics and
Society, Routledge: Oxon, pp. 71-80 (The Russian Constitution), 81-91 (Presidency),
102-114 (The Duma’s Electoral System), 115-128 (Political Parties).
China
 William A. Joseph (2019), ‘China’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A.
Joseph (eds.), Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political Challenge and Changing
Agendas, 8th Ed.,Cengage Learning: Boston, MA, pp. 653-700.
 Michael Dillon (2009), Contemporary China: An Introduction, Routledge: New York,

104
 pp. 10-20,137-160.
 Elizabeth Freund Larus (2012), Politics and Society in Contemporary China, Lynne
Rienner Publisher: London, pp. 81-114
South Africa
 Tom Lodge (2019), ‘South Africa’, in Mark Kesselman, Joel Krieger and William A.
Joseph (eds.), Introduction to Comparative Politics: Political
Challenge and Changing Agendas, 8th Ed.,Cengage Learning: Boston,
MA, pp. 462-508.
 Anthony Butler (2004), Contemporary South Africa, Palgrave Macmillan: New York,
pp. 6- 30.
Israel
 Don Peretz (1983) The Government and Politics of Israel, second ed., Wetview Press:
Boulder.
 Gregory S. Mahler (2016) Politics and Government in Israel, The Maturation of
Modern State, third ed., Rowman and Littlefield, Lanham.
 Sunil K. Choudhary (2018) The Changing Face of Parties and Party Systems,
Palgrave Macmillan.
Additional Readings:
 Kenneth Newton and Jan W. van Deth (2010), Foundations of Comparative Politics:
Democracies of the Modern World, 2nd Ed., Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
 Jeffrey Kopstein and Mark Lichbach (eds.) (2005), Comparative politics: Interests,
identities, and Institutions in a Changing Global Order, 2nd Ed., Cambridge University
Press: Cambridge.
 Robert Singh (2003), American Government: A Concise Introduction, SAGE
Publications: London,pp. 25-45 (The US Constitution), 46-73 (Political Parties), 153-
176 (Congress).
 P. W. Preston (eds.) (2003). Contemporary China: The Dynamics of Change at the start
of new millennium, Routledge Curzon: London.
 Paul E. Johnson, Gary J. Miller, John H. Aldrich (1994), American Government:
People, Institutions and Policies, Cengage Learning: Boston, MA.
 Vicki L. Hesli (2007), Governments and Politics in Russia and the Post-Soviet Region,
Houghton Mifflin Company: Boston.

105
 PSMA 308 : India’s Foreign Policy: Challenges and Strategies

Course Objectives
This course seeks to equip students to engage with the key sources, theoretical underpinnings,
and structural/functional dimensions of the foreign policymaking processes in India.
Theoretical grounding will apprise students about the shift in India’s identity from a
postcolonial state to an ‘emerging power’ in the contemporary multipolar world. It will
familiarise the students with the domestic, regional and international drivers and constraints
and how these intersect and have shaped the evolution and practice of India’s foreign policy.
Students will learn about critical issues and developments of its bilateral, regional, and global
foreign policy, focusing on India’s bargaining strategies and positioning in international
climate change negotiations, economic governance and international security regimes. It will
develop analytical skills among the students to comprehend the impending foreign policy
conundrums and give students a basic yet nuanced understanding of India's opportunities and
challenges in its foreign policymaking in the contemporary world.
Course Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students would have acquired:
 Basic knowledge of the sources, theoretical perspectives and critical drivers of India’s
foreign policy.
 Analyse the opportunities and challenges India faces in securing its interests as an
emerging global power.
 An insight into India’s position in changing global power equations, particularly its
bilateral ties with powerful nations like the US and Russia, along with India’s largest
neighbour, China.
 an enhanced understanding of India’s sub-regional, regional, and global issues of
concern.
 Grasp of India’s negotiation strategies for global trade, environment, and security
regimes.
 Recognise how India deploys its soft power in the world.
Unit 1: India’s Foreign Policy: As a postcolonial state (9 Lectures)
 Sources of India’s Foreign Policy Theorizing India’s Foreign Policy
 Dimensions of India’s Foreign Policy: Domestic and International from Non-
Alignment to Strategic Engagements in a Multipolar World
Unit 2: India and the Changing Global Power Equations (7 Lectures)
 India and the USA India and Russia India and China
Unit 3: India in South Asia: Issues and Challenges (6 Lectures)
 Issues: Land and boundary, Migration, and Refugee Crisis Debating Regional
Strategies: SAARC and BIMSTEC
Unit 4: Challenges of India’s Foreign Policy in the Global Domain (9 Lectures)
 Negotiating Styles and Strategies: Trade, Security and Climate Change India’s
Engagements in Multilateral Forums: BRICS
Unit 5: India as an Emerging Power (5 Lectures)
 India in the Changing International Order Soft power diplomacy

106
Unit wise reading list
UNIT 1: India’s Foreign Policy: As a postcolonial state (9 Lectures)
Sources of India’s Foreign Policy
Essential Readings
 Shahi, D. (2019). Kautilya and Non-Western IR Theory. Switzerland: Palgrave Pivot,
pp. 95- 126.
 Rajagopalan, S. (2014). “Grand Strategic Thought” in the Ramayana and Mahabharata.
In Kanti Bajpai, Saira Basit and V. Krishnappa (eds.), India’s Grand Strategy:
History,Theory, Cases (1sted.,) (pp. 31-62). New Delhi: Routledge.
Additional Readings
 Jaishankar, S. (2021). The India Way: Strategies for an Uncertain World. New Delhi:
Harper Collins India, pp. 45-68.
 Narlikar, A., & Narlikar, A. (2014). Bargaining with a Rising India: Lessons from the
Mahabharata. Oxford: OUP, pp. 1-23.
 Dixit, J.N. (1998). Across Borders: Fifty Years of India’s Foreign Policy. New Delhi:
Thomson Press, pp. 1-13.
 Menon, S. (2021). India and Asian Geopolitics: The Past, Present. Penguin Random
House.pp. 11-36.
Theorizing India’s Foreign Policy Essential Readings
 Thakur, V. (2012). Indian Foreign Policy. In Bhupinder S. Chimni & Siddharth
Mallavarapu (eds.), International Relations: Perspectives for the Global South (1st ed.,
pp. 39-53). New Delhi:Pearson.
 Bajpai, K. (2015). Five Approaches to the Study of Indian Foreign Policy. In David M.
Malone,
 C. Raja Mohan, & S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy
(pp. 21- 34). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Additional Readings
 Mallavarapu, Siddharth. (2015). Theorizing India's Foreign Relations, in David M.
Malone and
 C. Raja Mohan and S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign
Policy. United Kingdom: Oxford University Press, pp. 35-48.
 Chacko, Priya. 2019. Constructivism and Indian Foreign Policy. In Harsh Pant (ed.),
New Directions in India’s Foreign Policy: Theory and Praxis (pp. 48-66). Cambridge
University Press.
 Dimensions of India’s Foreign Policy: Domestic and International Essential Readings
 Raghavan, P.S. (2020). National Security Determinants of Foreign Policy. In Arvind
Gupta & Anil Wadhwa (eds.), India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent World
(pp. 34- 44). New Delhi: Sage Publications.
 Bandyopadhyay, J. (2003) Making of India's Foreign Policy. New Delhi: Allied
Publishers, pp.29-80.
Additional Readings
 Appadorai, A. (1981). The Domestic Roots of India’s Foreign Policy. New Delhi: OUP,

107
 pp.1-26.
 Zajaczkowski, J. (2014). India’s Foreign Policy Following the Cold War Year. In Jacub
Zajaczkowski, Jivanta Schottli, & Manish Thapa (eds.), India in the Contemporary
World: Polity, Economy, and International Relations (pp.265-308). New
Delhi:Routledge.
 Sahni, Varun. (2007). India's Foreign Policy: Key drivers. The South African Journal
of International Affairs,14 (2), 21-35.
From Non-Alignment to Strategic Engagements in a Multipolar World Essential Readings
 Mishra, K.P. (1981). Towards Understanding Non-alignment. International Studies, 20
(1-2), 23-37.
 Pant, H.V., & Super, J.M. (2015). India’s ‘non-alignment’ conundrum: a twentieth-
century policyin a changing world. International Affairs, 91(4), 747-764.
 Hall, Ian (2019). Modi and the Reinvention of Indian Foreign Policy. Bristol: Bristol
University Press, pp. 21-40.
Additional Readings
 Kaura, V. (2021). Debating the Relevance of Non-alignment in Indian Diplomacy.
India Quarterly, 77 (3), 501-506.
 Tripathi, S. (2020). India’s Foreign Policy Dilemma over Non-Alignment 2.0. Mathura
Road: SagePublications, pp. 99-145.
 Saran, S. (2015). India’s Contemporary Plurilateralism. In David M. Malone, C. Raja
Mohan, &
 S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy (pp.623-635),
Oxford: OUP.
 Roy, G. S. (2021). ASEAN in India's Act East Policy. In M. Mayilvaganan (ed.),
ASEAN and India–ASEAN Relations Navigating Shifting Geopolitics. London:
Routledge, pp. 91- 106.
 Panda, J. P. (2021). India's Indo-Pacific Prism Finding Strategic Autonomy in the Face
of Chinese Adventurism. In Brendon J. Cannon & Kei Hakata (eds.), Indo-Pacific
Strategies Navigating Geopolitics at the Dawn of a New Age (pp.62-80). London:
Routledge.
Unit 2: India and the Changing Global Power Equations (7 Lectures) India and the USA
Essential Readings
 Tellis, Ashley J. (2013). The Transforming US-Indian Relationship and Its Significance
for American Interests. In Kanti P. Bajpai and Harsh V. Pant (eds.), India's Foreign
Policy:A Reader(pp. 303-320). New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 Pande, Aparna. (2021). Natural Allies. In Shweta Dhaliwal (ed.) , Indo-US Relations:
Steering through the Changing World Order (pp. 10-35) . New York: Routledge.
Additional Readings
 Hagerty, D. T. (2016). The Indo-US Entente: Committed Relationship or ‘Friends
with

 Benefits’? in Ganguly, Sumit (ed.), Engaging the World: Indian Foreign Policy Since
1947 (pp. 133-155), New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

108
  Madan, T. (2020). Fateful Triangle: How China Shaped US-India Relations During the
Cold War.Washington D. C.: Brookings, pp. 1-13; 291-300.
 Dhaliwal, S. (2021). Introduction. In Shweta Dhaliwal (ed.), Indo-US Relations:
Steering throughthe Changing World Order (pp. 1-9). New York: Routledge.
India and Russia Essential Readings
 Malhotra, A. (2020). India–Russia Ties: Exploring Convergences and Divergences. In
Arvind Gupta & Anil Wadhwa (eds.), India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent
World (pp. 266- 280). New Delhi: Sage Publications.
 Upadhyay, A. (2015). India and Russia in Changing World. Economic and Political
Weekly,50 (33). https://www.epw.in/journal/2015/33/commentary/india-and-russia-
changing- world.html
 Tellis, A.J. (2022). “What is in Our Interest”: India and the Ukraine War. Carnegie
Endowment for International Peace. https://carnegieendowment.org/2022/04/25/what-
is-in- our-interest- india-and-ukraine-war-pub-86961
Additional Readings
 Menon, R. (2015). India and Russia: The anatomy and Evolution of a Relationship. In
DavidM. Malone, C. Raja Mohan, & S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of
Indian Foreign Policy.(pp.509-523). Oxford: OUP.
 Kapoor, N. (2019). India-Russia ties in a changing world order: In pursuit of a Special
Strategic Partnership. ORF Occasional Paper.
https://www.orfonline.org/research/india-russia-ties-in-a- changing-world-order-in-
pursuit- of-a-special-strategic-partnership-56877/
 Ollapally, Deepa M. (2010). The Evolution of India’s Relations with Russia, In Sumit
Ganguly (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy: Retrospect and Prospect (pp. 226-247). New
Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 Singh, A.I. (1995). India’s Relations with Russia and Central Asia. International
Affairs, 71 (1),pp. 69-81.
India and China
Essential Readings
 Tellis A., & Mirski S. (2013). Introduction. In A. Tellis and S. Mirski (eds.), Crux of
Asia: China, India, and the Emerging Global Order, Washington: Carnegie Endowment
for International Peace,pp. 3-44.
 Gokhale, V. (2021). The Road from Galwan: The Future of India-China Relations.
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.
https://carnegieindia.org/2021/03/10/road-from-galwan- future-of-india-china-
relations-pub-84019
Additional Readings
 Mansingh, S. (2016). Rising China and Emergent India in the Twenty-first century
Friends or Rivals? In Kanti P. Bajpai & Harsh V Pant (eds.), India's Foreign Policy: A
Reader (pp. 281- 302).New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 Pardesi, M.S. (2016). India's China Policy. In Sumit Ganguly (ed.), Engaging the
World: India's Foreign Policy Since 1947 (pp.167-189). New Delhi: OUP.
 Swaran, S. ( 2021).COVID-19 and India-China Equations: Examining their Interface

109
 in the IndianOcean Region . Chinese Studies Journal, 15,11-132.
 https://jnu.ac.in/Faculty/ssingh/Singh_Covid19%20and%20India%20China%20Equat
ions_ CSJ %20Vol%2015-2021.pdf
Unit 3: India in South Asia: Issues and Challenges (6 Lectures ) Issues: Land and Boundary,
Migration, and Refugee crisis
Essential Readings
 Muni, S.D. (2003). Problem Areas in India’s Neighbourhood Policy. South
AsianSurvey,10(2),185- 196.
 Tripathi, D. & Chaturvedi, S. (2020) South Asia: Boundaries, Borders and Beyond,
Journal of Borderlands Studies, 35(2), 173-181. DOI:
10.1080/08865655.2019.1669483.
 Shyam Saran, “Role of Border States in India’s Foreign Policy,” Speech at IIT
Guwahati, 29 March2016.
 Chowdhory, N. Citizenship and Membership: Placing Refugees in India. In Nasir
Uddin &Nasreen Chowdhory (eds.), Deterritorialized Identity and Transborder
Movementsin South Asia (pp. 37-54). Singapore: Springer.
 Ray Chaudhary, A.B., & Ghosh, A.K. (2021, April) Trans-Border Migration: Bridging
the Gapbetween State and Human Security. Observer Research Foundation.
https://www.orfonline.org/research/trans-border-migration-bridging-the- gap-
between-state-and- human-security/
Additional Readings
 Dubey, Muchkund. (2016). Dealing with Neighbours in India's Foreign Policy: Coping
with theChanging World. Hyderabad: Orient Blackswan, pp.64-86.
 Das, P. (2014). Issues in the Management of the Indo-Pakistan
International border.StrategicAnalysis, 38 (3), pp.307-324.
 Ranjan, A. (2018) India-Bangladesh Border Dispute: History
and LBA Dynamics.Singapore:Springer, pp. 65-88.
 Sekhon, J.S., & Sharma, S. (2019). Involuntary Migration in the Border Belt of Indian
Punjab. In Nasir Uddin & Nasreen Chowdhory (eds.), Deterritorialized Identity and
Transborder Movementsin South Asia (pp. 155-176). Singapore: Springer.
 Chari, P.R. (2003). Missing Boundaries: Refugees, Migrants, Stateless and Internally
Displaced Persons in South Asia: An Overview. In P.R. Chari, Mallika Joseph, & Suba
Chandran (eds.), Missing Boundaries: Refugees, Migrants, Stateless and Internally
Displaced Persons in South Asia (pp. 17-38). New Delhi: Manohar Publishers.
Debating Regional Strategies: SAARC and BIMSTEC
Essential Readings
 Chatterjee, S. (2019). India and the SAARC: Security, Commerce, and Community. In
Shibashis Chatterjee, Sumit Ganguly, & E. Sridharan (eds.), India’s Spatial
Imaginations of South Asia: Power, Commerce, and Community. Oxford Scholarship
Online. DOI:10.1093/oso/9780199489886.003.0004
 Gul, N. (2015). SAARC and the Regional Integration in South Asia. In Rajiv Bhatia,
Swaran Singh, & Reena Marwah (eds.), Transforming South Asia: Imperatives
forAction (pp. 159- 174). New Delhi: KW Publishers & Indian Council of World

110
 Affairs.
 Chakravarty, P. R. (2021). BIMSTEC: India's Foreign Policy Fulcrum. In Aparna
Pande (ed.),Routledge Handbook on South Asian Foreign Policy (pp.183-201). New
York:Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429054808
Additional Readings
 Parida, S.K. (2020). India, SAARC and the Covid-19 Pandemic. World Affairs, 24(4),
112- 119.
 Muni, S.D., & Jetley, R. (2010). SAARC Prospects: The Changing Dimensions. In S.D.
Muni(ed.), Emerging Dimensions of SAARC (pp. 1-31). New Delhi: Foundation
Books.
 Seema Narain (2010), SAARC and South Asia Economic Integration. In
S.D. Muni (ed.),Emerging Dimensions of SAARC (pp. 32-50). New Delhi:
Foundation Books.
 Omer, H. (2021). Perspective on BIMSTEC in transforming South Asia. In Adluri
Subramanyam Raju & Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury (eds.), New Futures for
BIMSTEC: Connectivity, Commerceand Security. New York: Routledge.
Unit 4: Challenges of India’s Foreign Policy in the Global Domain (9 Lectures) Negotiating
Styles and Strategies: Trade, Security and Climate Change
Essential Readings
Trade:
 Mehta, S. P., & Chatterjee, B. (2015). India in the International TradingSystem. In
David M. Malone,
 C. Raja Mohan & S. Raghavan (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of IndianForeign Policy
 (pp. 636-649). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
 Sharma, M. S., & Bhogal, P. (2022). India and Global Trade Governance: A Saga of
Missed Opportunities. In Harsh V Pant (ed.), India and Global Governance: A Rising
Power and Its Discontents (pp. 109-134). New York: Routledge.
Security
 Narang, V. (2016). India’s Nuclear Weapon Policy. In Sumit Ganguly (ed.), Engaging
theWorld- India’s Foreign Policy Since 1947 (pp. 448-467). New Delhi: OUP.
 Biswas, A. (2022). India’s Rise in the Global Nuclear Governance Architecture:
Principles, Exceptions, and Contradictions. In Harsh V Pant (ed.), India and Global
Governance: A Rising Power and Its Discontents ( pp. 17-27). New York: Routledge.
Climate Change
 Dubash, K. N., & Rajamani, L. (2015). Multilateral Diplomacy on Climate Change. In
David
 M. Malone, C. Raja Mohan, & S. Raghavan (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Indian
Foreign Policy (pp. 663-677). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
 Sengupta, S. (2013). Defending ‘Differentiation’: India’s Foreign Policy on Climate
Change from Rio to Copenhagen. In Kanti P. Bajpai & Harsh V Pant (eds.), India’s
Foreign Policy:A Reader (pp. 389-411).New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Additional Readings Trade
 Narlikar, A. (2021). India’s foreign economic policy under Modi: negotiations and

111
 narratives in the WTO and beyond. International Politics, 59(1),148-166.
 Mukherji, R. (2014). India and Global Economic Governance: From Structural Conflict
to Embedded Liberalism. International Studies Review, doi: 10.1111/misr.12155
Security
 Karnad, B. (2021, October 28). Nuclear-wise, India is seriously handicapped (by govt!).
 https://bharatkarnad.com/2021/10/28/nuclear-wise-india-is-seriously-handicapped-by-
govt/ Rajagopalan, R. (2005) India's Nuclear Doctrine and The Nuclear Danger New
Delhi:
 PenguinBooks India, pp. 67-88.
 Sinha, U.K. (2020) Rebalancing Foreign Policy and Non-traditional Security Issues. In
Arvind Gupta & Anil Wadhwa (eds.), India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent
World (pp. 115- 130). New Delhi: Sage Publications.
Climate Change
 Nachiappan, K. (2019) Agenda-setting from behind: India and the Framework
Convention on climate change. India Review, 18(5), 552-567.
 Negi, A. (2014) India and the Climate Change Regime. In Amitabh Mattoo &
Happymon Jacob (eds.), India and the International System: Theory, Policy and
Structure (pp. 287- 307). New Delhi: Australia-India Institute Series in Foreign Policy
and International Relations and Manohar Publications.
 Raghunandan, D. (2013). Rethinking India’s Climate Policy and the Global
Negotiations.
 Oxfam India.
https://www.oxfamindia.org/sites/default/files/Raghu%27s%20paper.pdf
 India’s Engagements in Multilateral Forums: BRICS Essential Readings
 Sharma, R. K. (2022). BRICS in India’s Vision for Global Governance. In Harsh V
Pant (ed.), India and Global Governance: A Rising Power and Its Discontents (pp. 135-
145). New York: Routledge.
Additional Readings
 Sakhuja, V. (2014). BRICS: The Oceanic Connections. Institute of Peace and Conflict
Studies, available at http://www.ipcs.org/comm_select.php?articleNo=4594
Unit 5: India as an Emerging Power (5 Lectures) India in the Changing International Order
Essential Readings
 Saran, S. (2017). How India Sees the World: Kautilya to the 21st Century. Juggernaut
Books. pp.258-275.
 Menon, S. (2021). India and Asian Geopolitics: The Past, Present. Penguin Random
House.pp.1- 10, pp. 340-374.
Additional Readings
 Rajgopalan, R., & Sahni, V. (2008). India and the Great Powers: Strategic Imperatives:
NormativeNecessities. South Asian Survey, 15 (1), 5–32.
 Kukreja, V. (2017). Dynamics of Change and Continuity in India’s Foreign Policy
under Modi’s Regime in Shantesh K Singh (ed.). India’s Foreign Policy Continuity with
Difference Under ModiGovernment, pp. 1-16). New Delhi: Manak Publications.
 Raja Mohan, C. (2013). Changing Global Order: India’s Perspective. In A. Tellis & S.

112
 Mirski (Eds.), Crux of Asia: China, India, and the Emerging Global Order (pp. 53-62).
Washington: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.
Soft power diplomacy
Essential Readings
 Kugiel, P. (2012). India’s Soft Power in South Asia. International Studies, 49 (3-4),
351-376. Paul, T.V. (2014). Indian Soft Power in a Globalizing World. Current History,
113(762), 157-162.
 Mazumdar, A. (2018). India’s Soft Power Diplomacy under the Modi Administration:
Buddhism,Diaspora, and Yoga. Asian Affairs, 49 (3), 468-49.
Additional Readings
 Gupta, A.K. (2008). Commentary on India’s Soft Power and Diaspora. International
Journal on World Peace, 25(3), 61-68.
 Sikri, Veena (2020). Strategizing Soft Power Projection. In Arvind Gupta & Anil
Wadhwa(ed.), India’s Foreign Policy: Surviving in a Turbulent World (pp. 45-61). New
Delhi: Sage Publications.
 Pathak, V. (2018). Indian Diaspora: A Strategic Asset for Indian Foreign Policy in the
21st Century. In Sangit K. Ragi (ed.), Imagining India as a Global Power: Prospects
and Challenges (pp. 223-226). Oxon and New York: Routledge.
Reference Books/Literature
 Malone, D. M. , & Raja Mohan, C. and Raghavan, S. (2015). The Oxford Handbook of
Indian Foreign Policy. United Kingdom: Oxford University Press.
 Ganguly, S. (2016). Engaging the World-Indian Foreign Policy since 1947. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
 Ragi, S. K. (2018). Imagining India as a Global Power: Prospects and Challenges. New
York: Routledge.
 Malone, David M. (2011). Does the Elephant Dance? Contemporary Indian Foreign
Policy, NewDelhi: Oxford University Press.
 Sikri, R. (2007). Challenge & Strategy in Rethinking India’s Foreign Policy. Sage
Publications.
 Khilani. S., Mehta, R.K., Mehta, P. B. (eds.). (2012). Non-
Alignment 2.0.https://cprindia.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/NonAlignment-
2.pdf.
 Dubey, M. (2015). India’s Foreign Policy: Coping with the Changing World.
Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan.
 Ganguly, S. (2019). Indian Foreign Policy: Oxford India Short Introductions. Oxford
University Press.
 Gupta, A. (2018) How India manages its National Security. Penguin Random House.
Cohen, S. (2002) India: Emerging Power. Brookings Institution Press.
 Hall, I.(ed.). (2014). The Engagement of India: Strategies and Responses. Washington
DC:Georgetown University Press.
 Dutt, V.P. (1984) India’s Foreign Policy. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.
 Pande, A. (2020) India's Marathon: Reshaping the Post-Pandemic
World Order. TakshashilaInstitution.

113
 Pande, A. (2017). From Chanakya to Modi: Evolution of India's Foreign Policy. New
Delhi: HarperCollins Publishers.

114
 PSMA 309 : Contemporary Political Economy

Course Objective :
Given the growing recognition worldwide of the importance of the political economy approach
to the study of global order, this course has the following objectives:
 To familiarize the students with the different theoretical approaches
 To give a brief overview of the history of the evolution of the modern capitalist world;
 To highlight the important contemporary problems, issues and debates on how these
should be addressed.
Course Learning Outcomes
 The students will learn about diverse approaches to international political economy.
 The study of role of international organization in transforming the world economy will
equip the students to understand the process of evolution of capitalism.
 Insights into issues and contentions of development and perspectives on globalization
will augment students’ ability to assess its impact on culture, environment, military
security dimensions and traditional knowledge systems.
 The paper will enable students to comprehend contemporary dilemmas in the socio-
political, gender and ethnic domains.

Unit 1: Approaches to Political Economy

 Classical Liberalism
 Marxism
 Welfarism
 Neo-liberalism
 Gandhian approach
Unit 2: Capitalist Transformation
 European Feudalism and Transition to Capitalism
 Capitalism in global South
 Globalization: Transnational Corporations,
 World Trade Organization, International Nongovernmental Organizations
Unit 3: Issues in Development
 Culture Environment
 Knowledge Economy
Unit 4: Globalization and Development Dilemmas
 Gender
 Racial and Ethnic Problems
 Migration

Reading list
 Arblaster, A. (2006) ‘The Rise and Decline of Western Liberalism’ in Lal, D.
Revivingthe Invisible Hand: The Case for Classical Liberalism in the Twentyfirst

115
 Century. Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 1- 8, 17- 30, and 48- 51.
 Mandel, E. (1979) An Introduction to Marxist Economic Theory. New York: Pathfinder
Press,3rdprint, pp. 3-73.
 Kersbergen, K.V. and Manow, P. (2009) Religion, Class
Coalition and Welfare State.
 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, chapters 1 and 10, pp. 1-38; 266-295
 Andersen, J. G. (ed.) (2008) 'The Impact of Public Policies' in Caramani,
DComparative
 Politics.
 Oxford: Oxford University Press, ch 22, pp. 547- 563 .
 Harvey, D. (2005) A Brief History of Neo-liberalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press,
pp. 1- 206.
 Ghosh, B.N. (2007) Gandhian Political Economy: Principles, Practice and
Policy.Ashgate Publishing Limited, pp. 21- 88.
 Phukan, M. (1998) The Rise of the Modern West: Social and Economic History of Early
Modern Europe. Delhi: Macmillan India, pp. 420- 440.
 Gilpin, R. (2003) Global Political Economy: Understanding the International
EconomicOrder, Princeton University Press, pp. 278- 304.
 Kennedy, P. (1993) Preparing for the Twenty – First Century. UK: Vintage, Ch. 3
 Prasad, K. (2000) NGOs and Social-economic Development Opportunities. New Delhi:
Deep &Deep, Ch. 1, 2, 3, 5.
 Fisher, J. (2003) Non-governments – NGOs and the Political Development in the Third
World.
 Jaipur: Rawat, Ch. 1, 4, 6.81
 Media and Television Mackay, H. (2004) ‘The Globalization of Culture’ in Held, D.
(ed.)A Globalizing World? Culture, Economics and Politics. London: Routledge, pp.
47- 84.
 Tomlinson, J. (2004) ‘Cultural Imperialism’ in Lechner, F.
J and Boli, J. (eds.) TheGlobalizationReader. Oxford:
Blackwell, pp. 303- 311.
 Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.) (2004) The Globalization Reader. Oxford: Blackwell,
pp. 361- 376and 398- 404.
 Held, D. and Mcrew, A. (eds.) (2000) The Global Transformations Reader. Cambridge:
Polity Press, pp. 374- 386.
 Singh, S. (1997) Taming the Waters: The Political Economy of Large Dams in India.
New Delhi:Oxford University Press, pp. 133- 163, 182- 203, 204- 240.
 Kesselman, M. (2007) The Politics of Globalization. Boston: Houghton Mifflin
Company, pp.330- 339.
 Marglin, S. (1990) ‘Towards the Decolonisation of the Mind’ in Marglin, S. and
Marglin, F. A.(eds.) Dominating Knowledge: Development, Culture and Resistance.
Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 1- 28.
 L. Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.) (2004) The Globalization Reader. Oxford: Blackwell,

116
 pp. 211- 244.
 Held, D. and McGrew, A. (eds.) (2000) The Global Transformations Reader.
Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 105-155.
 Omahe, K. (2004) ‘The End of the Nation State’, L. Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.)
The Globalization Reader. Oxford: Blackwell.
 Glen, J. (2007) Globalization: North-South Perspectives. London: Routledge, ch.6.
 Sen, A. (2006) Identity and Violence: Illusion and Destiny. London: Penguin/Allen
Lane,pp.130- 148.
 Berkovitch, N. (2004) ‘The Emergence and Transformation of the International
Women’s Movements’ in L. Lechner, F. J and Boli, J. (eds.) The Globalization Reader,
Oxford: Blackwell,ch.31, pp. 251- 257.
 Steans, J. (2000) ‘The Gender Dimension’ in Held, D. and Mcrew, A. (eds.), The Global
 Transformations Reader. Cambridge: Polity Press, ch.35, pp. 366- 373.
 Tickner, J. A. (2008) ‘Gender in World Politics’ in Baylis, J. Smith, S. & Owens,
P.(eds.)
 Globalization of World Politics, 4th ed., New Delhi: Oxford University Press, ch.15.
Arya, S. and Roy, A. (eds.) Poverty Gender and Migration. New Delhi: Sage, Ch. 1.
 Kesselman, M. (2007) The Politics of Globalization. Boston: Houghton Mifflin
Company,pp.450- 462.
 Nayyar, D. (ed.) (2002) Governing Globalization. Delhi: OUP, pp. 144- 176. Classic
Readings
 Robert Gilpin (1987) The Political Economy of International
Relations, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
 Susan Strange (1989), Paths to International Political Economy, London: Routledge.
Gelinas, J. B. (2003) Juggernaut Politics- Understanding Predatory Globalization.
Halifax,
 Fernwood. www.globalpolicy.org

117
 PSMI 310 Citizenship in a Globalizing World

Course Objective
The aim of this course is to introduce different trajectories of the debates surrounding
citizenship. It probes the relationship between the individual and the political community, the
meaning of membership, the distribution of benefits and burdens across the political
community and the evolving dimensions and challenges of citizenship in a globalizing world.

Course Learning Outcomes

After completing this course, students will be able to:
 Develop a broad historical, normative and empirical understanding of citizenship.
 Understand different trajectories of the development/evolution of the concept of
citizenship.
 Understand/assess some of the significant ethical challenges that citizenship faces in
the wake of globalization and the rapidly proliferating idea about the need to
accommodate diversity in multicultural political settings.
Unit 1: Classical conceptions of citizenship.
Unit 2: The Evolution of Citizenship and the Modern State
Unit 3: Citizenship and Diversity
Unit 4: Citizenship beyond the Nation-state: Globalization and global justice
Unit 5: The idea of cosmopolitan citizenship

Reading list
 Acharya, Ashok. (2012) Citizenship in a Globalizing World. New Delhi: Pearson.
Beiner, R. (1995) Theorising Citizenship. Albany: State University of New York Press.
 Heater, Derek. (2002). World citizenship: cosmopolitan thinking and its opponents.
New York: Continuum. (Chapter 3: Identity and Morality)
 Held, David (1995), Democracy and the Global Order: From the Modern State to
Cosmopolitan Governance (Stanford: Stanford University Press).
 Kymlicka, W.(1995). Multicultural Citizenship, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
 Kymlicka, W. (2000). “Citizenship in Culturally Diverse Societies: Issues, Contexts,
Concepts”, in Citizenship in Diverse Societies, W. Kymlicka, W. Norman (eds.),
Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1–41.
 Kymlicka, Will (1999), “Citizenship in an Era of Globalization: A Response to Held,”
in Ian Shapiro and Casiano Hacker-Cordon (eds.), Democracy's Edges, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
 Linklater, A., 1999, “Cosmopolitan Citizenship”, in Cosmopolitan Citizenship, K.
Hutchings,R. Danreuther (eds.), New York: St-Martin’s Press, 35-60.
 Miller, David. (2012). Cosmopolitanism. In G.W. Brown & D. Held (Eds.), The
cosmopolitan reader (pp. 377-392). Malden, MA: Polity Press.

118
  Miller, D. (2007). National Responsibility and Global Justice, Oxford: Oxford
University Press. Norman, W. & Kymlicka, W. (2003). Citizenship. In A Companion
to Applied Ethics, edited by
 R. G. Frey & C. H. Wellman. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd.
 Nussbaum, Martha. (2012). Patriotism and Cosmopolitanism. In G.W. Brown & D.
Held (Eds.),The cosmopolitan reader (pp. 155-162). Malden, MA: Polity Press.
 Oliver, D. and D. Heater (1994). The Foundations of Citizenship. London, Harvester
Wheatsheaf.
 Parekh, B. (2000). Rethinking Multiculturalism: Cultural Diversity and Political
Theory, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
 Pogge, T. W.(1992). “Cosmopolitanism and Sovereignty”, Ethics, 103: 58–75.
 Scholte, Jan Aart (2000), Globalization: A Critical Introduction (New York: St.
Martin's). Tan, K.- C., 2004, Justice Without Borders. Cosmopolitanism, Nationalism
andPatriotism, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
 Zolo, Danilo (1997), Cosmopolis: Prospects for World Government (Cambridge, UK:
Polity Press)
Additional Resources Classics
 The Politics, translated by T. A. Sinclair, revised by T. J. Saunders (London: Penguin,
1962, rev.edn. 1981)
 Barker, Ernest. (1959) The Political Thought of Plato and Aristotle, London: Methuen,
1906;reprinted, New York: Russell & Russell.
 Kant, I. , 1795, “Perpetual Peace”, in Kant’s Political Writings, H. Reiss (ed., trans.),
2nd edn,Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991.
 Marshall, T. H, 1950, Citizenship and Social Class and Other Essays, Cambridge:
CambridgeUniversity Press.

119
 B.A. Honours in Political Science
Semester VII
Sl.No Course Title of the Course Credits
Code
Major
1. PSMA 401 Western Political Philosophy - II 4
2. PSMA 402 Feminism: Theory and Practice 4
3. PSMA 403 Power Dilemmas in International Relations 4
Minor
4. PSMI 404 Minor course 1 * 4
5. to Minor course 2 * 4
PSMI 409
Total 20
*Basket of Minor Courses (for Semester VII)

BASKET OF MINOR COURSES

Sl. Course Code Title of the Course Credits

No
1. PSMI 404 An Introduction to Indigenous Studies 4
2. PSMI 405 Gandhi and the Contemporary World 4
3. PSMI 406 Legislative Practices and Procedures 4
4. PSMI 407 Understanding Ambedkar 4
5. PSMI 408 The Idea of the Political: Perspectives from the 4
Indian Intellectual Tradition
6. PSMI 409 Contemporary Debates in Indian Politics 4

120
 PSMA 401 Western Political Philosophy -II

Course Objective:
This course aims to expose the students to how normative questions on politics have been posed
and examine their implications for more significant questions surrounding our collective
existence. By introducing philosophers from different traditions, students will be able to answer
fundamental political questions: Why do we live in political communities? How ought we to
live together? What is the ‘best’ form of government? How do values and institutions relate to
one another?

Course Learning Outcomes:

By the end of the course students would be able to:
 Understand the idea of modernity and establish a connection between societal changes
and desired political prescriptions.
 Understand the tools of political argument.
 Identify various shades of political discourses and evaluate them.

Unit 1: Modernity and its discourses (1 week)

 Kant as an Enlightenment thinker; Faith on Reason; Autonomy; Ethics and Politics.
Unit 2: Romantics (2 weeks)
 Jean Jacques Rousseau (1 week)
 Critique of Modern civilization; Origins of inequality; State of Nature and the Contract;
General Will; Democracy and self-government;
 Mary Wollstonecraft (1 week)
 Women and paternalism; Sentiment and Reason; Legal Rights and representation
Unit 3: Liberal (2 weeks)
 John Stuart Mill
 Liberal Utilitarianism; Liberty, suffrage and defence of democracy; subjection of
women
Unit 4: Radicals (2 Weeks)
 Hegel
 Ethical life: family, civil society and state
 Karl Marx
 Historical materialism; concept of value; critique of Capitalism; the inevitability of
class struggle

Unit wise reading list

Modernity and its Discourses
 Kant. (1784) ‘What is Enlightenment?’ available at
http://theliterarylink.com/kant.html, Accessed:19.04.2013
 S. Hall (1992) ‘Introduction’, in Formations of Modernity UK: Polity Press pages 1-16

121
 B. Nelson(2008)
 Western Political Thought. New York: Pearson Longman, pp. 221-255.
 Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Lectures on Rousseau,
Harvard University Press, London pp: 191-229.
Romantics
 M. Keens-Soper (2003) ‘Jean Jacques Rousseau: The Social Contract’, in M. Forsyth
and M. Keens-Soper (eds) A Guide to the Political Classics: Plato to Rousseau. New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 171-202.
 C. Jones (2002) ‘Mary Wollstonecraft’s Vindications and their Political Tradition’ in
C. Johnson (ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Mary Wollstonecraft, Cambridge
Cambridge University Press, pp. 42-58.
Liberal
 Mill, J.S. ‘On Liberty’ and other writings, Chapter 1, 3, 4.
 Mill, J.S. Utilitarianism (Indiamapolis: Hickett Publishing,2001), Chapter1,2, and 4
Rawls, J. Lectures on the History of Political Philosophy, Lectures on Mill, Harvard
 UniversityPress, London Pp251-314
 Acton, H.B (1972), John Stuart Mill: Utilitarianism, Liberty and
Representative Government,David Campbell Publishers Ltd.
 H. Magid (1987) ‘John Stuart Mill’, in L. Strauss and J. Cropsey (eds), History of
Political Philosophy, 2nd edition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 784-801.
 P. Kelly (2003) ‘J.S. Mill on Liberty’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly (eds.) Political
Thinkers: FromSocrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 324-
359.
Radicals
 Hegel’s Philosophy of Right,
https://www.marxists.org/reference/archive/hegel/works/pr/philosophy-of-right.pdf
 J. Cropsey (1987) ‘Karl Marx’, in L. Strauss and J. Cropsey (eds) History of Political
Philosophy,2ndEdition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 802-828.
 L. Wilde (2003) ‘Early Marx’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly, P. (eds) Political Thinkers:
From Socrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 404-435.
Additional Resources:
 Bloom (1987) ‘Jean-Jacques Rousseau’, in Strauss, L. and Cropsey, J. (eds.) History of
PoliticalPhilosophy, 2nd edition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 559-580.
 Skoble and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections, New Delhi:
PearsonEducation, pp. 328-354.
 Ollman (1991) Marxism: An Uncommon Introduction, New Delhi: Sterling Publishers.
 G. Blakely and V. Bryson (2005) Marx and Other Four Letter Words, London: Pluto
 Skoble, and T. Machan (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections, New Delhi:
PearsonEducation, pp. 286-327.
 Hannah Arendt (1958), The Origins of Totalitarianism, New York: The World
Publishing Company.

122
 PSMA 402 :Feminism: Theory and Practice

Course Objective
The aim of this course is to introduce feminist theory to the students and to explain them about
contemporary debates on feminism and the history of feminist struggles. The course is meant
to inculcate feminist perspective in young minds.

Course Learning Outcomes

After completing this course, the students will be able to:
 Understand the concept of patriarchy and different approaches of feminism
 Understand different trajectories of history of feminism as it developed in western,
socialist and Indian contexts.
 Make sense of how patriarchy functions within the family.

Unit 1: Feminist Theories, Approaches and Concepts: (22 Lectures)

 Feminist theorizing of the sex/gender distinction. Biologism versus social
constructivism
 Key Concepts in Feminism: Patriarchy, Masculinities, Sexuality, Queer Liberal,
Socialist, Marxist, Radical feminism
 New Feminist Schools/Traditions- Postmodernist feminism, Postcolonial Feminisms
Unit 2: History of Feminism (22 Lectures)
 Origins of Feminism in the West: France, Britain and United States of America
Feminism in the Socialist Countries: China, Cuba and erstwhile USSR
 Social Reform Movements and history of Women’s struggle in India
Unit 3: Women’s Movement in India (16 Lectures)
 Women’s Movement in Contemporary India (1970s to present)- Issues and Debates
Women and Society: Family, Property Rights, Personal Laws
 Women and Labour: Sexual Division of Labour, Unpaid Work, Feminization of
Labour, Gender and Development
 Women and Politics: Women’s Representation and Participation in Democratic
Institutions
Unit wise reading list
Feminist Theories, Approaches and Concepts:
 Richardson, D. (2008) ‘Conceptualizing Gender’ in Richardson, D. and Robinson,
V. (ed.).Introducing Gender and Women’s Studies (Third Edition). New York:
Palgrave Macmillan Geetha, V. (2002) Gender. Calcutta: Stree.
 Geetha, V. (2007) Patriarchy. Calcutta: Stree.
 Jagger, A. (1983) Feminist Politics and Human Nature. U.K.: Harvester Press, pp. 25-
350.

123
  Hines,S. (2008) ‘Feminist Theories’ in Richardson, D. and Robinson, V. (ed.) (2008).
Introducing Gender and Women’s Studies (Third Edition). New York: Palgrave
 Macmillan. Jackson, S. and Jones, J. (ed.) (1998) Contemporary
Feminist Theories. Edinburgh UniversityPress, pp. 12-33, 98-112,
131-146, 177-193
History of Feminism
 Rowbotham, Shiela. (1993) Women in Movements. New York and London: Routledge,
Section I,pp. 27-74 and 178-218.
 Jayawardene, Kumari. (1986) Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World. London:
Zed Books,pp. 1-24, 71-108, and Conclusion.
 Forbes, Geraldine (1998) Women in Modern India. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, pp.1-150.
Women’s Movement in India
 Banerjee, Nirmala. (1999) ‘Analysing Women’s work under Patriarchy’ in Sangari,
Kumkum &Chakravarty, Uma. (eds.) From Myths to Markets: Essays on Gender.
Delhi: Manohar.
 Gandhi, Nandita & Shah, Nandita. (1991) The Issues at Stake – Theory and Practice in
Contemporary Women’s Movement in India. Delhi: Zubaan, pp. 7-72.
 Desai, Neera & Thakkar, Usha. (2001) Women in Indian Society. New Delhi: National
Book Trust.
 John, Mary E. (ed.) (2008). Women’s Studies in India: A Reader. New Delhi: Penguin
Basu, A. (2011). ‘Gender and Politics’ in Jayal, N.G and Mehta, P.B (ed.) (2011). The
Oxford Companion to Politics in India: Student Edition, New Delhi: OUP
Additional Readings:
 Beauvoir, Simone de (1949), The Second Sex, London: Vintage Books.
 Wollstonecraft, Mary (1793), Vindication of the Rights of Woman, Dublin: J.
Stockdales. Mill,
 J.S. (1870), The Subjection of Women, New York: D. Appleton and Company. Lerner,
Gerda (1986) The Creation of Patriarchy. New York: Oxford University Press.
 Mohanty, C.T. (2003). Under Western Eyes: Feminist Scholarship and Colonial
Discourses in
 Feminism without Borders: Decolonizing Theory, Practicing Solidarity
 Banarjee, Sikata. (2007) ‘Gender and Nationalism: The Masculinisation of Hinduism
and Female Political Participation’, in Ghadially, Rehana. (ed.) Urban Women in
Contemporary India: A Reader. New Delhi: Sage.
 Eisentein, Zillah. (1979) Capitalist Patriarchy and the Case for Socialist Feminism.
New York: Monthly Review Press, pp. 271-353.
 Funk, Nanette & Mueller, Magda. (1993) Gender, Politics and Post-Communism. New
York and London: Routledge, Introduction and Chapter 28.
 Chaudhuri, Maiyatree. (2003) ‘Gender in the Making of the Indian Nation State’, in
Rege, Sharmila. (ed.) The Sociology of Gender: The Challenge of Feminist
Sociological Knowledge. New Delhi: Sage.
 Ray, Suranjita. Understanding Patriarchy. Available at:

124
 <http://www.du.ac.in/fileadmin/DU/Academics/course_material/hrge_06.pdf>
 Gandhi, Nandita & Shah, Nandita. (1991) The Issues at Stake – Theory and Practice in
Contemporary Women’s Movement in India. Delhi: Zubaan, pp. 7-72.
 Shinde, Tarabai (1993) ‘Stri-Purush Tulna’, in Tharu, Susie & Lalita, K. (eds.) Women
Writing in India, 600 BC to the Present. Vol. I. New York: Feminist Press.
 Desai, Neera & Thakkar, Usha. (2001) Women in Indian Society. New Delhi: National
Book Trust.

125
 PSMA 403 : Power Dilemmas in International Relations

Course Objective

This paper introduces students to some of the key dilemmas that power represents in the
discipline of international Relations. These dilemmas originate in the contemporary world at
critical junctures that challenge political-social-economic transformations at global and local
levels and have significant implications for relationships among people, institutions, and states.
The bipolar- unipolar-multipolar shifts have further opened up the discourse on power. This
course will engage with above debates and undertake further discussions around the
conceptualization and measurement of power with interdisciplinary readings. Another dilemma
of power is how to assess the power distribution among three levels of actors-states,
institutions, and the people. This paper enables an understanding of various processes and
actors competing for power at the institutional level that render the negotiation in trade,
economy, and climate change difficult. The paper also engages with the rapid emergence of a
cosmopolitan, global citizenship, diaspora and NGOs through social globalization, as examples
of peoples ’power. In the final segment, the course concludes with debates around the notions
of hard, soft and smart power and the limits of power discourse in IR.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students would have acquired:
 An introductory understanding of the concept of power, with specific reference to
different perspectives on power in international relations.
 An understanding of the competing and overlapping categories like Great Powers,
Middle Powers, Major Powers, Emerging/Rising Powers and, ability to differentiate
these from the concept of hegemony.
 A critical lens to distinguish between overlapping spheres of power in institutional
processes such as regionalism and multilateralism.
 Tools to assess the distribution of power in different institutional sites such as the World
Trade Organization (WTO) and the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change (UNFCCC).
 Comprehension of people’s power through concepts like cosmopolitanism and global
citizenship, social globalization and the role of INGOs as examples of power from
below.
 Familiarization with the debates on hard and soft power as well as the limits of the
power discourse in IR.

Unit 1. Conceptualising Power in IR (14 Lectures)

 Understanding Power (2 lectures)
 Perspectives : 1. Realist ; 2. Liberal ; 3. Postcolonial ; 4. Sociological ; 5. Critical
(10Lectures)
 Indian Understandings of Power (2 lectures)
Unit 2. State Power in IR: Is there a measure? (6 lectures)

126
  1. Great Powers,
 2. Middle Powers,
 3. Major Powers,
 4. Emerging/Rising Powers (5lectures)
 5.Hegemony (1 lecture)
Unit 3. Power and Institutions (6 lectures)
 Shifting Power: Between Regionalism and Multilateralism (2 lectures)
 Power conundrums at the WTO (2 lectures)
 Power Negotiations at the UNFCCC (2 lectures)
Unit 4. Power from People’s perspective (5 lectures)
 Cosmopolitanism and Global citizenship (3 lectures)
 Social globalisation and the role of INGOs (2 lectures)
Unit 5: Debating Power (5 lectures)
 1. Hard power
 2. Soft power
 3. Radical power (3 lectures)
 4. Limits of power (2 lectures)

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1. Conceptualising Power in IR (14 Lectures)
Understanding Power
Essential Readings
 Finnemore, M. & Glodstein, J. (2013). Back to Basics State Power in a Contemporary
World, Oxford University Press: New York, pp: 3-17.
 Forsberg, T. (2011). Power in International Relations: An Interdisciplinary Perspective.
In: Aalto, P., Harle, V., Moisio, S. (eds) International Studies. Palgrave Macmillan,
London. pp: 207- 227.
Additional Readings
 Guzzini, S. (2021). Power in World Politics, DIIS Working Paper 2021 (17): pp. 3-22.
Lukes, S. (2005). Power and the Battle for the Hearts and Minds. Millennium: Journal
of International Studies, 33(3): pp. 477-494.
Perspectives
Realist Perspective Essential Reading
 Mearsheimer, J. J. (2001). The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, Norton Press: New
York, pp.29-54.
 Paul, T. V. (2004). Introduction: The Enduring Axioms of Balance of Power Theory
and Their Contemporary Relevance. In T. V. Paul, J. J. Wirtz, and M. Fortmann (eds.),
Balance of Power Theory and Practice in the 21st Century, Stanford University Press:
Stanford, California, pp.1- 28.
Additional Reading
 Schmidt, B. C. (2005). Competing Realist Conceptions of Power. Millennium -
Journal of International Studies, 33(3): pp. 523–549.

127
 Chowdhry, G. & Nair, S. (2004). Introduction: Power in a postcolonial world: race, gender and
in international
Liberal Perspectiverelations.
EssentialInReading
Geeta Chowdhry and Sheela Nair (eds.) Power,
 Keohane, R. O. & Nye, J. (2012). Power and Interdependence, 4th Ed., Longman: USA,
pp.1-19. Philpott, D. (2001). Liberalism, Power, and Authority in International
Relations: On the
 Origins of Colonial Independence and Internationally Sanctioned
Intervention, Security Studies, 11(2): pp.117-163.
Additional Reading
 Lebow, R. N. (2007). The power of persuasion. In Felix Berenskoetter and M. J.
Williams P. (eds.), Power in World Politics. Routledge: UK, pp. 120-140.
Postcolonialism
 Essential Readings
 Postcolonialism and International Relations: Reading race, gender and class,
Routledge: London, pp: 1-32. class
Additional Readings
 Epstein, C. (2014). The Postcolonial Perspective: An Introduction. International
Theory, 6(2): 294- 311.
Sociological Perspective Essential Readings
 Wendt, A. (1999). Social Theory of International Politics, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, pp. 96–97.
 Guzzini, S. (2005). The Concept of Power: A Constructivist Analysis. Millennium:
Journal of International Studies, 33(3): pp. 495-522.
Additional Reading
 MacDonald, D. (2011). The power of ideas in international relations. In Nadine
Godehardt, Dirk Nabers (eds.) Regional Powers and Regional Orders, London:
Routledge. Pp: 33-48.
Critical Perspective Essential Readings
 Jessop, B. (2006). Developments in Marxist Theory. In E. Amenta, K. Nash, A. Scott,
eds, TheWiley Blackwell Companion to Political Sociology, Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 7-
16.
 Lukes, S. (2005). Power A Radical View (2nd Ed.). Palgrave Macmillan: New York,
pp. 14-59 &108-151.
Additional Readings
 Linklater, A. (1990). Power, Order and Emancipation in International Theory. In
Beyond Realismand Marxism. Palgrave Macmillan, London. pp: 8-33.
 Indian Understandings of Power Essential Readings
 Bisht, M. (2020). Kautilya’s Arthashastra: Philosophy of Strategy, Routledge: Oxon,
pp. 65-78. Long, W.J. (2021). “Buddha on Politics, Economics, and Statecraft” in A
Buddhist Approach to
 International Relations. Palgrave Macmillan: Switzerland, pp. 35-50.
Additional Readings
 Adityakiran, G. (2015). Kautilya’s Pioneering Exposition of Comprehensive National
Power in the Arthashastra. In P.K. Gautam, S. Mishra, A. Gupta (Eds.) Indigenous
Historical Knowledge Kautilya and His Vocabulary, Volume I, Pentagon Press: India,

128
 pp. 24-38.
Unit 2. State Power in IR: Is there a measure? (6 lectures)
 Great Powers, Middle Powers, Major Powers, Emerging/Rising Powers Great Powers
Essential Readings
 Erickson, E. (2018). What Do We Mean by Great Power or Superpower? An
Introduction to Concepts and Terms, MCU Journal 9(2): 9-21.
Additional Readings
 Cesa, M. (2011). Great Powers. In R. Devetak, A. Burke, & J. George (Eds.), An
Introduction to International Relations, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, pp.
268-280.
Middle Powers Essential Reading
 Chapnick, A. (1999). The Middle Power. Canadian Foreign Policy Journal, 7(2): 73–
82.
Additional Reading
 Aydin, U. (2021). Emerging middle powers and the liberal international order,
International Affairs, 97 (5): 1377–1394.
Major Powers
Essential Readings
 Black, J. (2008) Into the Future: The Rivalry of Major Powers? The RUSI Journal,
153(4): 12-17.
Additional Readings
 Danilovic, V. (2002). When Stakes are High: Deterrence and Conflict among Major
Powers.
 Michigan University Press, pp. 26-46, pp. 225-230.
Emerging/Rising Powers Essential Readings
 Hurrell, A. (2019). Rising powers and the emerging global order. In J. Baylis, S. Smith,
and P. Owens (eds.) The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to
International Relations (8th edn), Oxford University Press: UK, pp: 84-98.
 Chaulia, S. (2011). India’s ‘power’ attributes. In David Scott (ed.) Handbook of India’s
International Relations, Routledge: New York. pp. 23-34.
Additional Readings
 Turner, O. & Nymalm, N. (2019). Morality and progress: IR narratives on international
revisionism and the status quo, Cambridge Review of International Affairs, 32 (4): 407-
428.
 Mahbubani, K. (2008). The New Asian Hemisphere: The Irresistible Shift of Global
Power to the East. New York: Public Affairs, pp. 51-100.
Hegemony
Essential Reading
 Antoniades, A. (2018). Hegemony and international relations. International Politics, 55
(5): 595- 611.
Additional Reading
 Clark, Ian. (2011). Hegemony in International Society. Oxford: Oxford University
Press, pp. 1- 33.

129
  Ikenberry, G. J., & Kupchan, C. A. (1990). Socialization and Hegemonic Power.
International Organization, 44(3): 283–315.
Unit 3. Power and Institutions (8 lectures)
Shifting Power: Between Regionalism and Multilateralism
Essential Readings
 Buzan, B. & Wæver, O. (2003). “Levels: Distinguishing the Regional from the Global”
in Regions & Powers: The Structure of International Security, Cambridge University
Press: Cambridge, pp: 27-39.
 Bhagwati, J. (1993). Regionalism and multilateralism: An overview. In J. De Melo &
A. Panagariya (Eds.), New Dimensions in Regional Integration, Cambridge University
Press: Cambridge, pp. 22- 51.
Additional Readings
 Patriota, A. A. (2019). Is the World Ready for a Cooperative Multipolarity? In T.
Meyer, J.L. de Sales Marques and M. Telò (eds.), Regionalism and Multilateralism:
Politics, Economics, Culture,Routledge: London, pp.202-214.
 Katzenstein, P.J. (2019). Polyvalent Globalism and Constrained Diversity: Multiple
Modernities and Regionalisms in World Politics. In T. Meyer, J. L. de Sales Marques
and M. Telò (eds), Regionalism and Multilateralism: Politics, Economics, Culture,
London: Routledge. pp. 17-35.
Power conundrums at the WTO
Essential Readings
 Shaffer, G. (2005). Power, Governance, and the WTO: A Comparative Institutional
Approach.In Michael Barnett and Raymond Duvall (eds.) Power in Global Governance,
Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, pp: 130-160.
 Peet, R. (2009). The Unholy Trinity: the IMF, World Bank and WTO. Zed Books:
London, New York,
 pp. 178-243.
Additional Readings
 Bonzon, Y. (2008). Institutionalizing Public Participation in WTO Decision Making:
Some Conceptual Hurdles and Avenues. Journal of International Economic Law, 11(4):
pp. 751– 777.
 Hopewell, K. (2016). Power, Multilateralism, and Neoliberalism at the WTO. &
Powershift. In Breaking the WTO: How Emerging Powers Disrupted the Neoliberal
Project. Stanford University Press: California, pp.42-76 & 77-104.
 Power Negotiations at the UNFCCC Essential Readings
 Iskander, N. N. & Lowe, N. (2020). Climate Change and Work: Politics and Power.
Annual Review of Political Science. 23(1): pp. 111-131.
 Vogler, J. (2016). “The UNFCCC Regime” in Climate change in world politics.
Palgrave Macmillan, pp: 35-59
Additional Readings
 Hurrell, A. (2005). “Power, Institutions, and the Production of Inequality” in M. Barnett
and
 R. Duvall (eds.) Power in Global Governance. Cambridge: Cambridge University

130
 Press. pp: 33-58.
 Prashad, V. (ed). (2020). Will the Flower slip through the Asphalt? Writers Respond to
CapitalistClimate Change. India: Left Word Books, pp.12-28.
Unit 4. Power from People’s perspective (5 lectures)
Cosmopolitanism and Global citizenship
Essential Reading
 Kunz, R. (2012). The Diffusion of Power and the International ‘Discovery’ of
‘Diasporas’. In: Guzzini, S., Neumann, I.B. (eds) The Diffusion of Power in Global
Governance. Palgrave Studiesin International Relations. Palgrave Macmillan, London.
Additional Readings
 Avant, D.D., Finnemore, M. and Sell, S.K. eds., 2010. Who governs the globe?
Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. pp:1-34.
 Adamson, F. B. (2016). The Growing Importance of Diaspora Politics. Current History,
115
 (784):291–297.
Social Globalisation and the Role of INGOs
Essential Readings
 Stroup, S. S. (2019). NGOs’ interactions with states. In Routledge Handbook of NGOs
and International Relations ed. Thomas Davies. Abingdon: Routledge, pp. 32-45.
 Krut, R., Howard, K., Howard, E., Gleckman, H. & Pattison, D. (1997). Globalization
and Civil Society: NGO Influence in International Decision Making, The United
Nations Research Institutefor Social Development Discussion Paper 83, April: pp. 6-
48.
Additional Readings
 Grant, R. W., & Keohane, R. O. (2005). Accountability and Abuses of Power in World
Politics. American Political Science Review, 99(01): pp 29-43.
 Ruhlman, M. (2019). NGOs in Global Governance. In Thomas Davis (Ed.), Routledge
Handbook of NGOs and International Relations. New York: Routledge, pp. 46-62.
Unit 5: Debating Power (5 lectures) Hard power
Essential Reading
 Nye, J. S. (2020). The Future of Power, Public Affairs: New York, pp.25-52. Bilgin, P.,
& Elis, B. (2008). Hard Power, Soft Power: Toward a More Realistic Power Analysis.
Insight Turkey, 10(2): pp.5–20.
Additional Reading
 Wagner, C. (2005). From Hard Power to Soft Power? Heidelberg Papers in South Asian
and Comparative Politics, 26: pp. 1-17.
Soft power Essential Reading
 Nye, J. S. (2009). Soft Power: The Means to Success in World Politics. New York
Public Affairs:New York, pp: 1-32.
 Ohnesorge, H. W. (2020). Soft Power: The Forces of Attraction in International
Relations, Springer: Switzerland, pp. 23-67.
Additional Readings
 Thussu, D. K. (2013). Communicating India’s Soft Power: Buddha to Bollywood,

131
 Palgrave, Macmillan: USA, pp. 45–63.
Radical Power Essential Reading
 Nye, J. S. (2020). The Future of Power, Public Affairs: New York, pp.207-234.
Additional Reading
 Wilson, E. J. (2008). Hard Power, Soft Power, Smart Power. ANNALS of the American
Academy of Political and Social Sciences, Issue 616: pp. 110-124.
 Lackey, D.P. (2015). Soft Power, Hard Power, and Smart Power. The Philosophical
Forum, 46(1):pp.121-126.
Limits of Power Essential Reading
 Katzenstein, P., & Seybert, L. (2018). Uncertainty, Risk, Power and the Limits of
International Relations Theory. In P. Katzenstein & L. Seybert (eds.), Protean Power:
Exploring the Uncertain and Unexpected in World Politics. Cambridge Studies in
International Relations, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 27-56.
Additional Readings
 Naim, M. (2013). The End of Power: From Boardrooms to Battlefields and Churches
to States, Why Being in Charge Isn’t What It Used to Be, Basic Books: USA, pp.114-
136.
 Bacevich, A. J. (2008). The Limits of Power: The End of American Exceptionalism,
Holt Paperbacks: New York, pp. 215-23.
Reference Literature
 Chowdhry, G. & Nair, S. (2004). Power, Postcolonialism and International Relations:
Reading race, gender and class, Routledge: London.
 Biswas, S. (2014). Nuclear Desire: Power and the Postcolonial Nuclear Order,
University of Minnesota Press: Minneapolis
 Vasquez, J.A. (2004). The Power of Power Politics From Classical Realism to Neo-
traditionalism, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
 Berenskoetter, F. & Williams, M.J. (2007). Power in World Politics, Routledge: Oxon.
 Mearsheimer, J.J. (2001). The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, W.W. Norton &
Company: London, New York.
 Kennedy, P. (2017). The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, William Collins: United
Kingdom. Bacevich, A.J. (2008) The Limits of Power: The End of American
Exceptionalism, Metropolitan
 Books, Henry Holt & Co.: New York.
 Baldwin, D. A. (2016). Power in International Relations: A Conceptual Approach,
Princeton University Press: New Jersey.
 Prys, M. (2012). Redefining Regional Powers in International Relations: Indian and
South African perspectives, Routledge: London & New York.
 Isakovic, Z. (2019). Introduction to a Theory of Political Power in International
Relations, Routledge: Oxon.
 Gallarotti, G. M. (2010). Cosmopolitan Power in International Relations: A synthesis
of Realism, Neoliberalism and Constructivism, Cambridge University Press:
Cambridge.

132
 PSMI 404 : An Introduction to Indigenous Studies

Course Objective :
The approach to studying tribal problems in this country has been based on three aspects:
empirical, theoretical and applied. All these three aspects are operationally interlinked through
professionally derived methodological constructs and their interpretations.

Course Learning Outcome

After studying this paper, students will be enabled to understand the following:
•Development of a basic understanding of Indigenous Studies
•Understand various categories of Tribes in India
•Their social structure and development process
•Various tribal movements and their importance.

Unit 1: Introduction to tribal studies

 Nature, scope, and relevance
 Definitions and Scopes: tribes and indigenous people, Scheduled tribes, Primitive
tribes, and De-notified tribes.
Unit 2 : Tribal Studies in India
 Emergence and Growth
 Approaches to study the tribes
Unit 3: Social Structure and Process
 Structure, function and organisation
 Social mobility: types, tribe and caste, tribe-caste-peasant continuum and
Sanskritization
 Social process: tribalisation, detribalization and re-tribalization
Unit 4: Tribal movements
 Identity assertation
 Tribal right-based movements: Land, forests and water
 Human rights and Intellectual Property Rights
Unit 5: constitutional provisions and safeguards
 Fifth and sixth schedules and Autonomous District Councils
 Forest Rights Act

Readings (Online Articles, Research Papers, Journals and Reports)

 https://www.sociologyguide.com/tribal-society/characteristics.php
 https://www.sociologyguide.com/tribal-society/index.php
 http://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/17180/1/Unit-5.pdf

133
 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313297803_Tribal_Development_Journey_
So_Far_and_ the_Way_Ahead
 https://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/71427/8/08_chapter%201.pdf
 Behura, N.K., 1982. “Anthropology and Development”, in Golden Jubilee Souvenir,
THRTI,Bhubaneswar.
 Belshaw, Cyuril, S,1977. “The Contribution of Anthropoligist to Development”
Anthropology inDevelopment Process, ed. By H.M. Mathur, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
 Bhowmick, P.K. 1982. “Approaches to Tribal Welfare” in Tribal Development in India:
Problems andProspects, ed. By B. Chaudhuri, Inter-India Publications, New Delhi.
 Das, S.T. 1993. Tribal Development and Socio-Cultural Matrix.Delhi: Kanishka
Publishers Distributers.
 Escobar, A. 1995. Encountering Development: The Making and Unmaking of the Third
World.Princeton. NJ.: Princeton University Press.
 Gardner, K. and Lewis, D. 1996. Anthropology, Development and the Post-Modern
Challenge. London:Pluto Press.
 Lipton, M., and Toye, J. 1990. Does Aid Work in India? A Country Study of the Impact
of OfficialDevelopment Assistance. London: Routledge.
 Rahnema, M. 1997. Participation. InW. Sachs (ed.), The Development Dictionary: A
Guide to Knowledge as Power. Hyderabad: Orient Longman.
 Roy Burman, B.K. 1989b. Tribal Development in Perspectives in Singh, J.P. and
N.N.Vyas edited Tribal Development: Past Effort and New Challenges. Udaipur:
Himanshu Publications.
 Singh, J.P. and N.N.Vyas (Edt.). 1989. Tribal Development: Past Effort and New
Challenges. Udaipur: Himanshu Publications.
 https://books.google.co.in/books?id=WgF7DwAAQBAJ&redir_esc=y
 Szirmai, Adam. 2005. Dynamics of Socio-Economic Development: An Introduction.
Cambridge:Cambridge University Press.
 Vyas, N.N. 1989. Tribal Development: Between Primordiality and Change in J.P.Singh
and N.N.Vyasedited Tribal Development: Past Effort and New Challenges. Udaipur:
Himanshu Publications.
 Watts, M. J. 1993. Development I: Power, knowledge, discursive practice in Progress
in Human Geography, 17(2), 257–27
 Gupta, Ashish. Oct 2016. Tribal Development: A journey so far and Tribal
Development. IJIR. Vol 2.Issue 9. ISSN: 2454-1362
 https://www.manifestias.com/2018/12/04/tribals-and-tribal-policy/
 https://www.sociologyguide.com/tribal-society/tribal-development-strategy.php

134
 PSMI 405 : Gandhi and the Contemporary World

Course Objective :
The Course has been designed to acquaint students with the core foundations of Gandhi’s
thoughts, methods and his position on key vital issues of national and global concern. These
issues range from social, political, and cultural to religious and economic questions, which
engaged the intellectual minds in his times and even today. As a celebrated champion of non-
violent struggle, Gandhi is anonymous for their fighting against injustice, discrimination and
unfair treatment.
Learning Outcomes
After reading this module, the student will be able to answer:
 What are the core principles of Gandhian thought on which he scrutinises all actions?
 How did Gandhi apply those principles to shape his social, political, economic, and
religious positions?
 The students will be able to answer how Gandhi presented the critique of Western
Civilization.
 The students will be able to know the position of Gandhi on key questions of
contemporary debates in India like Religious conversion, , the language issue
 The student will be able to understand how Gandhi’s use of the term Swadeshi is not
just limited to economic aspects but also all gametes of national life.

Unit 1: Truth and Non-violence

Unit 2: Gandhian Thought: Theory and Action
 Theory of Satyagraha
 Satyagraha in Action: Peasant Satyagraha, Temple Entry and Critique of Caste, Social
Harmony and Communal Unity
Unit 3: Gandhi on Modern Civilization and Ethics of Development
 Conception of Modern Civilization and Alternative Modernity Critique of
Development
Unit 4: Gandhi and the Idea of Political
 Swaraj
 Swadeshi
Unit 5: Gandhi’s views on Religious Conversion
 Language Questions

Unit-wise reading list

Unit 1
 Bilgrami, Akeel (2003) Gandhi, The Philosopher, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol.
38(39),pp- (4159-416).
 Veeravalli, Anuradha. (2014). Gandhi in political theory: Truth, law and experiment
Ashgate,Farnham, UK and Burlington, USA.

135
  Godrej Farah (2006). Nonviolence and Gandhi's Truth: A Method for Moral and
Political Arbitration. The Review of Politics 68 pp- 287-317. USA. University of Notre
Dame.
 Allen, Douglas ((2007). ‘Mahatma Gandhi on Violence and Peace Education’.
Philosophy, Eastand West 57 (3):290-310.
Unit 2
 Diwakar, R. R. (1969). Saga of Satyagraha. New Delhi: Gandhi Peace Foundation
Nayar, Sushila (1951,1989). Mahatma Gandhi, Volume IV, Satyagraha at Work.
Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House.
 Pyarelal & Sushila Nayar (1965), 1986 Gandhi - Birth of Satyagraha: From Petitioning
to PassiveResistance, Vol.3. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House.
 P. Rao (2009) ‘Gandhi, Untouchability and the Postcolonial Predicament: A Note’.
Social Scientist.Vol.37(1/2). Pp.64-70.
 B. Parekh,(1999)‘DiscourseonUnsociability’,inColonialism,TraditionandReform: An
Analysis ofGandhi's Political Discourse, New Delhi: Sage Publication
Unit 3
 B. Parekh (1997) ‘The Critique of Modernity’, in Gandhi: A Brief Insight, Delhi:
Sterling Publishing Company, pp. 63-74.
 K. Ishii (2001) ‘The Socio-economic Thoughts of Mahatma Gandhi: As an Origin
ofAlternative’
Unit 4
 D. Dalton (1996) ‘Swaraj: Gandhi’s Idea of Freedom’ in Mahatma Gandhi: Selected
Political Writings, USA: Hackett Publishing, pp. 95-148.
 Ragi, Sangit K. (2022), RSS and Gandhi: The Idea of India, New Delhi: Sage [On
Swadeshi: pp.221-250]
 R. Ramashray (1984) ‘Liberty Versus Liberation’, in Self and Society: A Study in
Gandhian Thought, New Delhi: Sage Publication.
 Kumar, Sanjeev (ed) (2020). ‘Understanding Gandhi: Why Gandhi Matters Today ‘in
Gandhi and the Contemporary World. Oxon & New York: Routledge.PP-1-23.
Unit 5
 Gandhi, Mahatma. (1994). What is Hinduism. National Book Trust, New Delhi,
 Ragi, Sangit K. (2022), RSS and Gandhi: The Idea of India, New Delhi: Sage [On
Hinduism: pp. 42- 74; On Religious Conversion: pp. 75-114; On Cow Protection: 193-
220; On Language Questions: pp. 160-192]
 Mehta, Sandhya. (2002). Gandhiji On Religious Conversion Selected and Compiled,
Ist Edition.Mumbai. Mani Bhavan Gandhi Sangrahalaya.
 Gandhi (M.K.) . (1955), My Religion. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Trust.
 Bilgrami, Akeel (2011), Gandhi’s Religion and Its relation to his Politics. In: Brown,
Judith M. and Parel, Anthony (ed.): The Cambridge Companion to Gandhi. Cambridge
University Press, 93– 116
 S Radhakrishnan (2007): “Gandhi’s Religion and Politics,” in S Radhakrishnan (ed),
Mahatma Gandhi: Essays and Reflections, Mumbai: Jaico Publication House.
 D. Hardiman (2003) ‘Fighting Religious Hatreds’, in Gandhi in His Time and Ours

136
 PSMI 406: Legislative Practices and Procedures

Course Objective
This course will acquaint the students with the legislative process in India at various levels,
impart them with the elementary skills required to be part of a legislative support team and
expose them to real-life legislative work. The skills provided by this course will include the
understanding of legislative procedures, comprehending policy concerns which serve as the
objective for legislative practices, drafting new legislation, tracking and analysing feedback on
ongoing bills, writing press releases, conducting meetings with various stakeholders,
monitoring media and public opinion, managing constituent relations and handling inter-office
communications. It will also deepen their understanding and appreciation of the legislative
process and its importance for a robust democracy.

Course Learning Outcomes

On the successful completion of the course, students shall be able to:
 Understand the structure and functions of law-making bodies in India at different levels
Demonstrate knowledge of the legislative procedures in India
 Acquire skills related to a close reading of legislative documents
 Understand the relationship between the people and their elected representatives
 Develop beginners’ skills to become a part of a support team engaged in different levels
of the law-making functions

Unit 1: Powers and functions of people’s representative at different tiers of governance

(6lectures)
 Members of Parliament, State legislative assemblies, functionaries of rural and urban
local self -government from Zila Parishad, Municipal Corporation to Panchayat/ward.
Unit 2: Supporting the Legislative Process (2 lectures)
 How a bill becomes law, role of the Standing committee in reviewing a bill, legislative
consultants ,the framing of rules and regulations.
Unit 3: Supporting the Legislative Committees (6 lectures)
 Types of committees, role of committees in reviewing government finances, policy,
programmes, and legislation.
Unit 4: Reading the Budget Document (6 lectures)
 Overview of Budget Process, Role of Parliament in reviewing the Union Budget,
Railway Budget, Examination of Demands for Grants of Ministries, Working of
Ministries.
Unit 5: Support in media monitoring and communication (4 lectures)
 Types of media and their significance for legislators; Basics of communication in print
and electronic media.

137
Reading List
Powers and functions of people’s representatives at different tiers of governance
 M. Madhavan, and N. Wahi (2008) Financing of Election Campaigns PRS, Centre for
Policy Research, New Delhi,
http://www.prsindia.org/uploads/media/conference/
Campaign_finance_brief.pdf
 S. Vanka (2008) Primer on MPLADS, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi,
http://www.prsindia.org/parliamenttrack/primers/mplads-487/
 H. Kalra (2011) Public Engagement with the Legislative Process, PRS, Centre for
Policy Research,New Delhi,
 http://www.prsindia.org/administrator/uploads/media/Conference%202011/
Public%20Engageme nt%20with%20the%20Legislative%20Process.pdf
 Government of India (Lok Sabha Secretariat) (2009) Parliamentary Procedures
(Abstract Series),http://164.100.47.132/LssNew/abstract/index.aspx,
Supporting the legislative process
 Government of India (Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs) (2009) Legislation,
Parliamentary Procedure, http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-
09.htm,
 Government of India (Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs) (2009), Subordinate
Legislation, Parliamentary Procedure,
http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-11.htm
 D. Kapur and P. Mehta (2006) ‘The Indian Parliament as an Institution of
Accountability’, Democracy, Governance and Human Rights, Programme Paper
Number 23, United Nations Research Institute for Social
Development,
http://www.unrisd.org/UNRISD/website/document.nsf/240da49ca467a53f80256b4f0
05 ef2 45/8e6fc72d6b546696c1257123002fcceb/$FILE/KapMeht.pdf
 O. Agarwal and T. Somanathan (2005) ‘Public Policy Making in India: Issues and
Remedies’,
http://www.cprindia.org/admin/paper/Public_Policy_Making_in_India_14205_TV_S
O MANAT HAN.pdf
 Debroy (2001) ‘Why we need law reform’ Seminar January.
Supporting the Legislative Committees
 P. Mehta, ‘India’s Unlikely Democracy: The Rise of Judicial Sovereignty’, Journal of
Democracy, Vol. 18(2), pp.70-83.
 Government link: http://loksabha.nic.in/; http://rajyasabha.nic.in/; http://mpa.nic.in/
 K. Sanyal (2011) Strengthening Parliamentary Committees PRS, Centre for Policy
Research, New Delhi,
http://www.prsindia.org/administrator/uploads/media/Conference%202011/
Strengthening%20Parliamentary%20Committees.pdf
Reading the Budget Document
 Celestine (2011) How to Read the Union Budget PRS, Centre for Policy Research, New
Delhi, http://www.prsindia.org/parliamenttrack/primers/how-to-read-the- union-

138
 budget-1023/
Support in media monitoring and communication
 G. Rose (2005) ‘How to Be a Media Darling: There's No getting Away From It’, State
Legislatures, Vol. 31(3).
Additional Resources:
 N. Jayal and P. Mehta (eds) (2010) The Oxford Companion to Politics in India, Oxford
UniversityPress: New Delhi.
 Jalan (2007) India’s Politics, New Delhi: Penguin.
 Initiating Discussion on Various Type of Debates i
Rajya Sabha, http://rajyasabha.nic.in/rsnew/publication_electronic/75RS.pdf
 Praxis of Parliamentary Committees: Recommendations of Committee on Rules
published by Rajya Sabha,
http://rajyasabha.nic.in/rsnew/publication_electronic/Praxis.pdf
 S.J. Phansalkar, Policy Research in the Indian Context
 N. Singh, ‘Some Economic Consequences of India’s Institutions of Governance: A
Conceptual Framework’,
 http://econ.ucsc.edu/faculty/boxjenk/wp/econ_conseq_2003_rev2.pdf
 R. Guha (2007), India After Gandhi, Macmillan: New Delhi.
 Parliamentary Procedures (Abstract Series) published by Lok
Sabha, http://164.100.47.132/LssNew/abstract/index.aspx, website:
www.loksabha.nic.in
 Committees of Lok Sabha, http://164.100.47.134/committee/committee_list.aspx
 Ethics Committee of Rajya Sabha,
http://rajyasabha.nic.in/rsnew/publication_electronic/ ethics_committee.pdf
 Committees of Parliament, Parliamentary Procedure, Ministry of Parliamentary
Affairs, http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-12.htm
 Nomination of Members of Parliament on Committees, Councils, Boards and
Commissions, etc., set up by the Government, Ministry of Parliament Affairs,
http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-14.htm
 Parliamentary Procedures: Problems and Perspectives 2009 Published by Rajya Sabha,
http://rajyasabha.nic.in/rsnew/publication_electronic/parl_procedure2009.pdf
 Primer on the Budget Process published by PRS,
http://www.prsindia.org/parliamenttrack/ primers/the-budget-process-484/
 Background note on Financial Oversight by Parliament
published by PRS,
http://www.prsindia.org/administrator/uploads/media/Conference%20note/Conferenc
e%20not e%20on%20financial%20oversight.pdf,Accessed: 19.04.2013.
 P. Keefer and S Khemani (2009) ‘When Do Legislators Pass On "Pork"? The
Determinants of Legislator Utilization of a Constituency Development Fund in India’,
in World Bank Policy Research Working Paper Series 4929, pp. 1-45,
http://ssrn.com/abstract=1405160
 Parliamentary Procedures (Abstract Series), Lok Sabha,
http://164.100.47.132/LssNew/abstract/ process.htm

139
 Budget, Parliamentary Procedure, Ministry of Parliamentary
Affairs, available at
http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter-07.htm
 http://mpa.nic.in/mpahandbook/parlia13.pdf

140
 PSMI 407 : Understanding Ambedkar

Course Objective
This course broadly intends to introduce Ambedkar’s ideas and their relevance in contemporary
India by looking beyond caste. Ambedkar’s philosophical contributions towards the Indian
economy and class question, sociological interpretations of religion, gender, caste and cultural
issues, and ideas on politics such as concepts of nation, state, democracy, law and
constitutionalism are to be pedagogically interrogated and interpreted. This will help students
critically engage with the existing social concerns, state and economic structures and other
institutional mechanisms. This also will facilitate them to strengthen their creative thinking
with a collective approach to understanding society's ongoing social, political, cultural and
economic issues.

Course Learning Outcomes

The course is designed to provide students with Ambedkar's original writings and ideas on
diverse issues beyond caste and equip them to engage with the ideas and interpretations
critically. By engaging with the sources and secondary writings on Ambedkar’s ideas that cover
caste, class, gender, religion, state, democracy and constitution, the students can understand a
thinker in the context and contemporaneity. At the end of the course, students shall be equipped
with the method of understanding a particular thinker's ideas, philosophy and relevance.
Students shall also be able to reflect on the method of the thinker’s engagement with the
context, issues and concepts. Finally, the students shall be equipped to understand Ambedkar's
conceptual and philosophical diversity, situatedness and significance beyond his contribution
to the sphere of social justice and drafting the Indian constitution. The course thus provides an
opportunity for the students to understand Ambedkar and his essential contributions in the
fields of religion, state, democracy, gender, economy, and history.

Unit 1: Introducing Ambedkar (1 week)

 Approach to Study Polity, History, Economy, Religion and Society
Unit 2: Caste and Religion (3 weeks)
 Caste, Untouchability
 Religion and Conversion
Unit 3: Women’s Question (2 weeks)
 Uniform Civil Code
 The Gender debate
Unit 4: Political Vision (2 weeks)
 Nation and Nationalism Democracy and Citizenship
Unit 5: Constitutionalism (2 weeks)
 Rights and Representations
 Constitution as an Instrument of Social Transformation
Unit 6: Economy and Class Question (2 weeks)

141
  Planning and Development Land and Labour References

Unit wise reading list

Introducing Ambedkar
 G. Omvedt (2008) ‘Phule-Remembering the Kingdom of Bali’, Seeking Begumpura,
Navyana, pp. 159- 184.
 M. Gore (1993) The Social Context of an Ideology: Ambedkar’s Political and Social
Thought, Delhi: Sage Publication, pp. 73-122; 196-225.
 B. Ambedkar (1989) ‘Annihilation of Caste with a Reply to Mahatma Gandhi’, in Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches: Vol. 1, Education Deptt., Government
of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 23-96.
Caste and Religion
 The Untouchables: Who were they, and why did they become Untouchables? Available
at
http://www.ambedkar.org/ambcd/39A.Untouchables%20who%20were%20they_why
%20t h ey%20became%20PART%20I.htm
 B. Ambedkar (1987) ‘The Hindu Social Order: Its Essential Principles’, in Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches: Vol. 3, Education Deptt., Government
of Maharashtra, 1989, pp. 95-129.
 B. Ambedkar (2003) ‘What way Emancipation?’, in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings
and Speeches, Vol. 17-III, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai,
pp-175- 201.
 B. Ambedkar (2015 paperback). Thoughts on Pakistan or Partition of India. Gautam
Publication, Delhi.
Women’s Question
 B. Ambedkar (2003) ‘The Rise and Fall of Hindu Woman: Who was Responsible for
It?’, in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches Vol. 17- II, Education
Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 109-129.
Political Vision
 B. Ambedkar (1991) ‘What Gandhi and Congress have done to the Untouchables’, in
Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Education Deptt, Government of
Maharashtra, Vol.9, pp. 40-102; 181-198; 274-297.
 B. Ambedkar (2003) ‘Conditions Precedent for the successful working of Democracy’,
in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 17-III, Education Deptt,
Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 472-486.
Constitutionalism
 Ambedkar, Evidence before South Borough committee on
Franchise,
 Available at
http://www.ambedkar.org/ambcd/07.%20Evidence%20before%20the%20Southborou
gh%20Com mittee.htm.
 Constituent Assembly Debates, Ambedkar’s speech on Draft Constitution on 4th

142
 November 1948,CAD Vol. VII, Lok Sabha Secretariat, Government of India, 3rd Print,
pp. 31-41.
 B. Ambedkar (2013), States and Minorities, Delhi: Critical Quest.
 Ujjwal Singh and Anupama Roy (2017) B. R. Ambedkar and the Ideas of
Constitutionalism and
 Constitutional Democracy, IIAS Simla,
Economy and Class Question
 S. Thorat (2007) ‘Economic System, Development and Economic Planning’, in S.
Thorat and Aryama (eds), Ambedkar in Retrospect: Essays on Economics, Politics and
Society, Delhi: RawatPublishers, pp. 25-48.
 B. Ambedkar (1991) ‘Labor and Parliamentary Democracy and Welfare’, in Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 10, Education Deptt., Government
of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 106-112; 139-143; 243-252
Additional Resources:
Classics
 Ambedkar, B. R. (1987) ‘The Women and the Counter-Revolution’, in Dr.
Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 3, Education Deptt., Government
of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 427-437.
 Ambedkar, B. R. (2003), ‘I have no Homeland’, in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings
and Speeches Vol- 17, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp-51-
58.
 Ambedkar, B. R. (2003), ‘Role of Dr. B. R. Ambedkar in Bringing The Untouchables
on the Political Horizon of India and Lying A Foundation of Indian Democracy’, in
Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 17-I, Education Deptt.,
Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp-63-178.
 Ambedkar, B. R. (2003) ‘Buddhism paved way for Democracy and Socialistic Pattern
of Society’, in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Writings and Speeches, Vol. 17-III, Education
Deptt., Government ofMaharashtra, Mumbai, pp. 406-409.
 Ambedkar, B. R. (2003) ‘Failure of Parliamentary Democracy will Result in
Rebellion, Anarchy and Communism’, in Dr. BabasahebAmbedkar Writings and
Speeches, Vol. 17- III, Education Deptt., Government of Maharashtra, Mumbai, pp.
423-437.
 G. Omvedt, Liberty Equality and Community: Dr. Ambedkar’s Vision of New Social
Order, Available at http://www.ambedkar.org/research/LibertyEquality.htm
 A. Gajendran (2007) ‘Representation’, in S. Thorat and Aryama (eds.), Ambedkar
in Retrospect: Essays on Economics, Politics and Society, Delhi: Rawat Publishers, pp.
184- 194.
 R. Ram (2010) ‘Dr, Ambedkar, Neo Liberal Market-Economy and Social Democracy
in India’, in Human Rights Global Focus, Vol. V (384), pp. 12-38.
 Teltumbde and S. Sen (eds), ‘Caste Question in India’, in Scripting the Change,
Selected Writings of Anuradha Ghandi, pp. 62- 91.

143
 PSMI 408: The Idea of the Political: Perspectives from the Indian
Intellectual Tradition

Course Objective
This course aims at introducing to the students the idea of the political by framing the same in
the vocabulary of the Indian intellectual history and tradition. Arguing that the technical
discourse employed for understanding politics is eurocentric mainly in character. The course
intends to inculcate among the students the tools and techniques to understand the concept of
politics from the ontic and epistemic context of Indian intellectual history and tradition. The
paper discusses how, unlike the Eurocentric intellectual tradition, which is primarily rooted in
the idea of the knower, the Indian philosophical tradition is rooted in the listener's conception.
Such a conception of the listener is at the bottom of the idea of politics in India, and it has been
largely mediated and transmitted across generations through pedagogical techniques. This kind
of focus on the listener disseminated through pedagogical techniques is distinct from the
Eurocentric accentuation upon the phenomenon of epistemology and the knower. Situating
upon this framework, the course builds upon how the Indian idea of the political is largely
based on the understanding of the self and its location in the community as an act of self-
actualisation. Such an act of self-actualisation is derived from the idea of the ‘Chetna’ that is
accomplished by creating the idea of a listener rather than that of a mere discoverer of the
material world that is grounded in Eurocentric epistemologies. In this sense, the key objective
of the paper is to introduce to the students the significance of situating ourselves in metaphysics
to understand the political idea, a phenomenon that is neglected in post-enlightenment
Eurocentric epistemologies.

Course Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students would gain the following outcomes:
 The students would understand the significance of being a good listener to gain
knowledge.
 The students would understand the significance of metaphysics to know the idea of the
political.
 The students will be introduced to how Indian intellectual history offers us a repository
of knowledge to make sense of the socio-political phenomenon.
 On completion of the course, the students would be able to critically evaluate the
modern idea of the political that has been largely disseminated around the world,
through a focus on Eurocentric epistemologies.
Unit 1: The Idea of Knowing: Gyan and Chetna
Unit 2: Idea of the Collective
Unit 3: Dharma to Dhamma (Ethics and Way of Life)
Unit 4: Ganrajya and Swarajya
Unit 5: Prakriti and Lok-kalyan
Unit 6: Maitri

144
Unit wise reading list

Unit 1: The Idea of Knowing: Gyan and Chetna

Essential Readings
 Griffiths, Paul J. "Pure Consciousness and Indian Buddhism." In The
Problem of Pure Consciousness: Mysticism and Philosophy, edited
by Robert K. C. Forman, New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, pp. 71–97.
 Matilal, Bimal K. Perception: An Essay on Classical Indian Theories of Knowledge.
Oxford: Clarendon, 1986. (Chapter 4 “Knowledge as a Mental Episode”, Chapter 5
“Knowing that one Knows”, Chapter 6 “Analysis of Perceptual Illusion”), pp. 97-221.
 Mohanty, J. N. "Understanding Some Ontological Differences in Indian Philosophy."
Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, no. 3 (1980): 205–217.
Additional Readings
 Altekar, A. S. “Educational and intellectual methods in Vedic and ancient Indian
cultures.” Cahiers d’Histoire Mondiale. Journal of World History. Cuadernos de
Historia Mundial 5. 2 (1959). Chakrabarti, Kisor K. “Introduction”, Classical Indian
Philosophy of Mind: The Nyaya DualistTradition.
 Albany: State University of New York Press, 1999.
 Gupta, Bina. CIT: Consciousness. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2003.
Unit 2: Idea of the Collective
Essential Readings
 Chakkarath, Pradeep. “The Indian Self and the Others: Individual and Collective
Identities in India.” Taiwan Journal of East Asian Studies, Vol. 7, No. 2 (Issue 14) (Dec.
2010), pp. 1- 23.
 Kagitçibasi, Cigdem. "Individualism and Collectivism," in J. Berry, M. H. Segall, & C.
Kagitçibasi(eds.), Handbook of Cross-Cultural Psychology, Vol. 3 (Boston, MA: Allyn
& Bacon, 1996, 2nd ed.),pp. 1-49.
 Michael F. Mascolo & Sunil Bhatia, "The Dynamic Construction of Culture, Self, and
Social Relations," Psychology & Developing Societies, 14 (2002), pp. 55-89.
 Triandis, Harry C. Individualism and Collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press,
1995. (Introduction and Chapter 1), pp. 1-41
Additional Readings
 Friedrich, Max Mueller, India: What Can it Teach Us? New York, NY: Funk &
Wagnalls, 1883.
 Markus, Hazel & Shinobu Kitayama 1991 "Culture and the Self: Implications for
Cognition, Emotion, and Motivation," Psychological Review, 98 (1991), pp. 224-253.
 Sen, Amartya. The Argumentative Indian: Writings on Indian History, Culture, and
Identity.London, UK: Penguin Books, 2005.
Unit 3: Dharma to Dhamma (Ethics and Way of life)
Essential Readings
 Kane, Pandurang Vaman. History of Dharmashastra (Ancient and Medieval Religious
and Civil Law), Vol. I. Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1930. Sec.1.
‘Meaning of Dharma’,pp.1-4; Sec.2. ‘Sources of Dharma’, pp. 4-7.

145
  Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, Charles A. Moore, A Source Book in Indian Philosophy,
USA: Princeton University Press, 1957. (Chapter 14 Pūrva Mimāṁsā, pp. 486-505.)
 Suda, J.P. “Dharma: Its Nature and Role in Ancient India”, The Indian Journal of
Political Science,Vol.31, No. 4 (October—December 1970), pp. 356-366.
 Tundawala, Moiz. “Ambedkar’s Dhamma: A Counter Theology of Law for Indian
Political Thought”.Political Theology, 2021. DOI: 10.1080/1462317X.2021.2014033.
Additional Readings
 Agarwal, R. “Dharma/Dhamma”. In Athyal. J.M. (ed). Religions in Southeast Asia: An
Encyclopedia of Faiths and Cultures. ABC-CLIO, 2015.
 Bhandarkar D.R. Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity: The Manindra Chandra
Nandy Lectures, 25, Delivered in February, 1925. Benaras Hindu University Press,
1929, Lecture I. Hindu Scienceof Politics., pp.1-11.
 Bronkhorst, Johannes, “Some Uses of Dharma in Classical Indian Philosophy”, Journal
of IndianPhilosophy 32(5), December 2004, pp. 733-750.
Unit 4: Ganrajya and Swarajya Essential Readings
 Altekar, A. S. State and Government in Ancient India. Motilal Banarsidass Publishers,
1948 (Chapters 1, 2, 3 and 4), pp. 1-46.
 Altekar, A. S. State and Government in Ancient India. Motilal Banarsidass Publishers,
1948 (Chapter 6 “Republics”), pp. 71-94.
 Bhandarkar D.R. Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity : The Manindra Chandra
Nandy Lectures, 25, Delivered in February, 1925. Benaras Hindu University Press,
1929, Lecture IV. Different Types of States., pp.91-125.
 Prabhu, Pandharinath H. Hindu Social Organization: A Study in Socio-Psychological
and Ideological Foundations. Bombay: Popular Prakashan, 1979, pp.79-82.
 Prasad, B.N. “Swaraj, Democracy and Subaltern: Regional Dynamics of Agrarian
India” inK.B. Saxena (ed.), Swaraj and the Reluctant State. New York, Routledge,
2021, pp. 431-447.
Additional Readings
 Agrawala, V.S. India as Known to Panini (A Study of the Cultural Material in the
Ashtadhyayi).Lucknow: University of Lucknow, 1953, Chapter VII, Sections 5 and 6,
pp. 424- 433.
 Bhattacharya, Krishna Chandra, “Swaraj in Ideas”, Visvabharati Quarterly, Vol. 20
(1954), pp.103-114.
 Ghoshal U.N. A History of Indian Public Life (Volume Two), The Pre Maurya and the
Maurya Periods. Bombay: Oxford University Press, 1934, PART ONE: The Pre
Maurya Period,Section X, ‘Republics and Mixed Constitutions’, pp. 185-197.
 Ghoshal U.N. – The Constitutional Significance of Sangha and Gana in the post-Vedic
India, Indian Culture, Vol. 12, 1945-46.
 Krishnan, P.S. “Synthesising the Gandhi-Ambedkar-Narayanaguru-Marx Visions for
Dalit Liberation”, in K.B. Saxena (ed.), Swaraj and The Reluctant State, New York,
Routledge, 2021, pp. 63-104.
Unit 5: Prakriti and Lok-kalyan Essential Readings
 Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, Charles A. Moore, A Source Book in Indian Philosophy,

146
 USA: Princeton University Press, 1957. (Chapter 12, Sāṁkhya, pp. 424-452).
Additional Readings
 Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, Charles A. Moore, A Source Book in Indian Philosophy,
USA: Princeton University Press, 1957. (Chapter 13, Yoga, pp. 453-485).
 Goodwin, William F. “Ethics and Value in Indian Philosophy”, Philosophy East and
West Vol. 4, No.4 (Jan., 1955), pp. 321-344.
Unit 6: Maitri Essential Readings
 Ghoshal U.N. A Study of Indian Public Life (Volume Two), The Pre Maurya and the
Maurya Periods. Bombay: Oxford University Press, 1934, PART ONE: The Pre
Maurya Period,Section XI, ‘Inter- State relations’, pp. 198-206.
 Mathur, D. B. “Some Reflections on Ancient Indian Diplomacy”, The Indian Journal
of Political Science Vol. 23, No. 1/4 (January-December, 1962), pp. 398-405.
 Dwivedi, OP. Common Good and Good Governance. Indian Journal of Public
Administration.1998;44(3):253-264.
 Parekh, Bhikhu, “Friendship in Classical Indian Thought”, India International Centre
QuarterlyVol. 35, No. 2 (Autumn 2008), pp. 152-167.
 Radhakrishnan, Sarvepalli, Charles A. Moore, A Source Book in Indian Philosophy.
USA: Princeton University Press, 1957. (Chapter 6, Kauṭilya’s Artha-Śāstra , pp. 193-
224).
Additional Readings
 Bhandarkar D.R. Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity: The Manindra Chandra
Nandy Lectures, 25, Delivered in February, 1925. Calcutta: Benaras Hindu University,
1929, Lecture, pp.1- 11.
 Jayaswal, K. P., Hindu Polity, Bangalore, 1955.
 Mahapatra, Debidatta Aurobinda, “From a latent to a ‘strong’ soft power? The
evolution of India’s Cultural Diplomacy”, Palgrave Communications, December 6,
2016, pp. 1-11. Rao, M.
 V.Krishna, Studies in Kautilya, Delhi, 1958. (Chapter

147
 PSMI 409: Contemporary Debates in Indian Politics

Course objective
The course aims to provide an introduction to contemporary debates around critical issues in
Indian Politics. Having acquired an understanding of India's political processes and political
institutions, this course encourages students to make sense of contemporary Indian politics.
The themes chosen represent the changing landscape of Indian politics, prompting whether the
study of politics in contemporary India needs new concepts and analytical tools. The course
will enable students to think through the concerns of older paradigms to address the questions
presented by new forms of politics. How, for example, does a citizen reconcile to be
biometrically mapped premised upon a guarantee of social benefits, or how does one view the
media as a pillar of democracy in the age of disinformation, social media violence and weak
regulatory mechanisms? What does citizenship mean in the context of documentary regimes
and enumeration practices, what do urban spaces and new informal economy mean for the
labouring poor, and how does the market rearticulate the relationship between land,
displacement, and dispossession.

Course Outcome:
On successful completion of the course, the students will demonstrate:
 An understanding of contemporary debates around key themes in Indian Politics
 An understanding of the changes being witnessed such as in relation to the rules
governing citizenship, new forms of informal labour, etc.
 Knowledge of established constitutional rights such as free speech, free press and the
challenges in their realisation in practice

Unit 1: Welfare and Unique Identification Scheme (UID)

Unit 2: Citizenship and National Register of Citizenship (NRC)
Unit 3: Land and the Market
Unit 4: Labour and the Urban Space
Unit 5: The Politics of Media
Unit 6: Free Speech and Public Order

Unit wise reading list

Welfare and Unique Identification Scheme
 P Henman and G. Marston, 2008 The Social Division of Welfare Surveillance. Journal
of Social Policy, 37(2).
 Pramod K Nayar, 2012, Surveillance and Biological Citizenship, 'I Sing the Body
Biometric', inEconomic and Political Weekly Vol. 47, Issue No. 32
 Reetika Khera, 2015, UID: From inclusion to exclusion. Seminar, 672, 78–81.
 Reetika Khera, 2020, India’s Welfare State: A Halting Shift from Benevolence to
Rights,CurrentHistory, Vol 119, Issue 816,
 T Sriraman, 2011, Revisiting welfare: Ration card narratives in India, Economic and
Political Weekly 46 (38).

148
  Kritika Bhardwaj, 2020, Digital Surveillance Systems to Combat COVID-19 May Do
More Harm Than Good, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 55, Issue No. 23.
NRC and Citizenship
 Anupama Roy, 2022, Citizenship Regimes, Law and Belonging: The CAA and NRC,
Oxford University Press, Oxford [Introduction: Citizenship, Law and Belonging and
Chapter One: Hyphenated Citizenship: The National Register of Citizens].
 Assam Sanmilita Mahasangha and Others vs. Union of India and others, [WP (Civil)
No. 562 of 2012], Judgement available on https://indiankanoon.org/doc/50798357/
 Debates in the Lok Sabha on the Citizenship Amendment Bill on 9 December 2019,
Speech by the Home Minister Amit Shah, pp.549-564, available on
 http://164.100.47.194/Loksabha/Debates/debatelok.aspx
 Niraja G Jayal, 2022, Reinventing the Republic: Faith and Citizenship in India,Studies
in Indian
 Politics, April 2022,
https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/23210230221082799
Land and the Market
 Shrivastava and A. Kothari, 2012, ‘Land Wars and Crony Capitalism’, in A.
Shrivastava and
 Kothari, Churning the Earth pp. 193-203 New Delhi, Penguin
 Dhanmanjiri Sathe, 2016, Need for a Shift in Discourse? Land Acquisition, Economic
and Political Weekly, Vol. 51, Issue No. 51,
 Dhanmanjiri Sathe, 2017, Introduction and A Review of Some Other Acquisitions in
Indian and Policy Implications, in The Political Economy of Land Acquisition in India,
How a Village Stops Being One, Springer.
 Xaxa. Virginius. 2012. ‘Tribes and Development: Retrospect and Prospect’ in Dev
Nathan and Virginius Xaxa (eds), in Social Exclusion and Adverse Inclusion, Oxford
University Press
 Nigam and N. Menon, 2008, ‘Globalisation I: Accumulation by Dispossession’, in A.
Nigam and
 N. Menon, Power and Contestation: India since 1989 Hyderabad: Orient Longman, pp.
61- 82.
Labour and the Urban Space
 G. Bhan, 2009, ‘This is no longer the city I once knew: Evictions, the urban poor and
the right to the city in millennial Delhi’, in Environment and Urbanization 21: 127,
Available athttp://eau.sagepub.com/content/21/1/127.full.pdf, Accessed: 18.04.2013.
 Das. Raju. J. 2019. ‘Class Relations, Class Struggle, and the State in India’, in Critical
Reflectionson Economy and Politics in India: A class Theory Perspective. Leiden;
Boston:Brill,
 UshaRamanathan, 2006, ‘Illegality and the Urban Poor’, in Economic and Political
WeeklyVol.XLI (29)
The Politics of Media
 Paranjoy G Thakurta, 2011, Introduction and Ch 7 (Paid News), in Media Ethics, OUP.
Adrian Athique,2017, Media Development to Media Economy, in Adrian Athiqueet

149
 al,The Indian Media Economy (Vol 1), OUP.
 Cass Sunstein, 2018, in CH 1 and 2, in #Divided Democracy in the Age of Social Media,
Princeton university Press.
 Tabrez Ahmed Neyazi, 2019, The Politics of the Social Media, in Niraja Jayal (ed) Re-
forming India, the Nation Today, Penguin.
 Law Commission, 2006, Introduction and Ch III (Do publications in the media
subconsciously affect the Judges), in 200th Law Commission Report on Trial by Media,
available at http://lawcommissionofindia.nic.in/reports/rep200.pdf
Free Speech and Public Order
 Eric Barendt, 2007 (Revised edition), Why Protect Free Speech, in Freedom of Speech,
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
 Gautam Bhatia, 2016 Introduction, in Offend, Shock or Disturb, New Delhi, OUP
 Law Commission, 2017, Law Commission Report on Hate
Speech, available at
https://lawcommissionofindia.nic.in/reports/Report267.pdf
 Lawrence Liang, 2019, Free Speech and Expression, in Sujit Choudhry al, The Oxford
Handbook of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: OUP.

150
 B.A Honours in Political Science
Semester VIII
Sl.No Course Code Title of the Course Credits

Major
1. PSMA 410 Development Process and Social 4
Movements in Contemporary India
2. PSMA 411 Comparative Constitutionalism 4
3. PSMA 412 Dilemmas in Politics 4
4. PSMA 413 Citizenship and Governance 4
5. PSMA 414 Development and Migration in Comparative 4
Perspective
Total 20

151
 PSMA 410 : Development Process and Social Movements in
Contemporary India

Course Objective
This course aims to develop an understanding of the development process in India among the
students. It hopes to provide the students with the analytical tools which will help explain the
trajectory and signposts in the development process, focussing on the transformations that have
occurred to enable redistribution and also paradoxically, new geographies of power and
disadvantages. It is for this reason that the course seeks to build a relationship between state
practices of development planning and implementation and the demands that come from social
groups protesting dispossession and the high costs of social reproduction. The course attempts
to trace the centrality of state in developmental planning, the ramifications of liberalization and
globalisation, innovations and strategies deployed to raise revenue and curtail social
expenditure, and the relationship between planning, development and social vulnerabilities. It
is hoped that the course would generate an understanding of the challenges that are faced in
planning for development, the relationship between planning and democracy and the role that
social movements play in the formulation of policies incorporate the voices of the people. In
this context an understanding of the changes in policies impacting the industrial and agrarian
sectors become crucial for understanding the role of the state and social movements.

Course Learning Outcome

On successful completion of the course, students would be able to:
 Show knowledge of development policies and planning in India since independence
Understand the development strategies and their impact on industrial economy and
agriculture
 Understand the emergence of social movements in response to the development policies
adopted by successive governments
 Demonstrate awareness of the different trajectories of specific social movements in
India, their demands and successes.

Unit 1. Development Process since Independence

 State and planning Liberalization and reforms
 Recent trends in monetary, fiscal and taxation policy including the Goods and Services
Tax
Unit 2. Industrial Development Strategy and its Impact on the Social Structure
 Mixed economy, privatisation,
 the impact on organised and unorganized labour
 Emergence of the new middle class
Unit 3. Agrarian Development Strategy and its Impact on the Social Structure
 Land Reforms, Green Revolution
 Agrarian crisis since the 1990s and its impact on farmers, land acquisition and
development of land markets
Unit 4. Social Movements

152
  Tribal, Farmers, Dalit and Women’s movements Civil rights movement
Unit 5. Migration and Development

Unit wise reading list

The Development Process since Independence
 Santosh Mehrotra and Sylvie Guichard (eds.), Planning in the 20th Century and
Beyond: India’s Planning Commission and the Niti Aayog, Cambridge
University Press,
 Cambridge, 2020 [Sylvie Guichard and Santosh Mehrotra, ‘Planning for a 21st Century
India’ (Ch 1: pp. 1-22); Pronab Sen, ‘Plan, but Do Not Over-plan: Lessons for Niti
Aayog’ (Ch 13: pp. 264-282); Santosh Mehrotra, ‘Why Does India Need a Central
Planning Institution in the 21st Century’ (Ch 14: pp.283-217).
 A.Mozoomdar (1994) ‘The Rise and Decline of Development Planning in India’, In T
J Byers (ed.), The State and Development Planning in India, Delhi. OUP, pp.73-108
 T. Byres (1994) ‘Introduction: Development Planning and the Interventionist State
Versus Liberalization and the Neo-Liberal State: India, 1989-1996’, in T. Byres (ed.)
The State, Development Planning and Liberalization in India, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, pp.1- 35.
 Varshney (2010) ‘Mass Politics or Elite Politics? Understanding the Politics of India’s
Economic Reforms’, in R. Mukherji (ed.), India’s Economic Transition: The Politics of
Reforms,Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 146-169.
 P. Chatterjee (2000) ‘Development Planning and the Indian State’, in Zoya Hasan (ed.),
 Politics and the State in India, New Delhi: Sage, pp.116-140.
 P. Patnaik and C. Chandrasekhar (2007), ‘India: Dirigisme, Structural Adjustment, and
the RadicalAlternative’ in B. Nayar (ed.), Globalization and Politics in India, Delhi:
Oxford University Press,pp. pp.218-240.
 P. Bardhan (2005), ‘Epilogue on the Political Economy of Reform in India’, in the
PoliticalEconomy of Development in India, 6th Impression, Delhi: Oxford University
Press.
 Arun Kumar (2017), Money Supply and Economic Structure Economic Consequences
of Demonetisation, Economic and Political weekly, 52(1)
 Surajit Das (2017) Some Concerns Regarding the Goods and Services Tax, Economic
and PoliticalWeekly, 52(9)
 S. Mehrotra and S. Guichard, eds. (2020), Planning in the 20th Century and Beyond:
India’s Planning Commission and the Niti Aayog, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
Industrial development strategy and its impact on social structure
 Aggarwal (2006), ‘Special Economic Zones: Revisiting the Policy Debate’, in
Economic and Political Weekly, XLI (43-44), pp. 4533-36.
 Nayar (1989), India’s Mixed Economy: The Role of Ideology and its Development,
Bombay: Popular Prakashan.
 F. Frankel (2005), Crisis of National Economic Planning in India’s Political Economy

153
 (1947- 2004): The Gradual Revolution, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 93-340.
 L. Fernandes (2007), India’s New Middle Class: Democratic Politics in an Era of
Economic Reform, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 S. Shyam (2003), ‘Organising the Unorganised’, in Seminar [Footloose Labour: A
Sumposium onLivelihood Struggles of the Informal Workforce, 531], pp. 47-53.
 S. Chowdhury (2007), ‘Globalisation and Labour’, in B. Nayar (ed.) Globalisation and
Politics inIndia, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 516-526.
 Chibber (2005) ‘From Class Compromise to Class Accommodation: Labor’s
Incorporationin to the Indian Political Economy’ in R. Ray, and M.F. Katzenstein (eds.)
Social Movements in India,Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 32-60.

Agrarian development strategy and its impact on social structure

 Desai (ed.) (1986) Agrarian Struggles in India after Independence, Delhi: Oxford
University Press, pp. xi-xxxvi.
 F. Frankel (1971), ‘Introduction’, in India’s Green Revolution: Economic Gains and
Political Costs, Princeton and New Jersey, Princeton University Press.
 F. Frankel (2009), Harvesting Despair: Agrarian Crisis in India, Delhi: Perspectives,
pp. 161- 169.
 J. Harriss (2006), ‘Local Power and the Agrarian Political Economy’ in Harriss,
J.(ed)Power Matters: Essays on Institutions, Politics, and Society in India, Delhi.
Oxford University Press, pp.29-32.
 K. C. Suri (2006) ‘Political Economy of Agrarian Distress’, in Economic and
PoliticalWeekly, XLI (16) pp.1523-1529.
 P. Sainath (2010), ‘Agrarian Crisis and Farmers’ Suicide’, Occasional Publication 22,
New Delhi:India International Centre (IIC).
 M. Sidhu (2010), ‘Globalisation vis-à-vis Agrarian Crisis in India’, in R. Deshpande
and S. Arora(eds.), Agrarain Crisis and Farmer Suicides, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 149-
174.
 Pradeep Nayak (2020) Land Reforms to Land Tilling, New Delhi. Sage.
 Sridhar (2006) ‘Why Do Farmers Commit Suicide? The Case Study of Andhra
Pradesh’, in Economic and Political Weekly, XLI (16).
 Gian Singh et al (2017), Indebtedness among Farmers and Agricultural Labourers in
Rural Punjab,Economic and Political Weekly, 52 (6).
 Shrivastava and A. Kothari (2012) ‘Land Wars and Crony Capitalism’, in A.
Shrivastava and
 Kothari, Churning the Earth pp. 193-203 New Delhi, Penguin
 Dhanmanjiri Sathe, 2017, Introduction and A Review of Some Other Acquisitions in
Indian and Policy Implications, in The Political Economy of Land Acquisition in India,
How a Village Stops Being One, Springer.
Social Movements
 G. Haragopal, and K. Balagopal (1998) ‘Civil Liberties Movement and the State in
India’,in
 M. Mohanty, P. Mukherji and O. Tornquist (eds.), People’s Rights: Social Movements

154
 and the State in Third World, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 353-371.
 A.Ray (1996), ‘Civil Rights Movement and Social Struggle in India’, in Economic and
Political Weekly, XXI (28), pp.1202-1205.
 M. Mohanty (2002) ‘The Changing Definition of Rights in India’, in S. Patel, J. Bagchi,
and K Raj (ed.), Thinking Social Sciences in India: Essays in Honour of Alice Thorner,
New Delhi, Sage.
 G. Omvedt (2012) ‘The Anti-caste Movement and the Discourse of Power’, in N.G.
Jayal (ed.)Democracy in India, New Delhi: Oxford India Paperbacks, sixth impression,
pp.481-508.
 M. Weiner (2001) ‘The Struggle for Equality: Caste in Indian Politics’, in A. Kohli.
(ed.)The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge: CUP, pp.193-225.
 Roy (2010), ‘The Women’s Movement’, in N. Jayal and P. Mehta (eds.), The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 409-422.
 D. N. Dhanagare 2017, Understanding the Farmers’ Movement in Maharashtra:
Towards an Analytical Framework, in Populism and Power: Farmers’ movement in
western India,1980— 2014, Routledge
 Sudhir Kumar Suthar, 2018, Contemporary Farmers’ Protests and the ‘New Rural–
Agrarian’in India, Economic and Political Weekly, 53 (26-27)
 Brass, T. (1994) Introduction: The new farmers’ movements in India, The Journal of
Peasant Studies, 21:3-4, 3-26, DOI: 10.1080/03066159408438553
 Baviskar, A. and Levien,M. (2021) ‘Farmers’ protests in India: introduction to the JPS
Forum,’ The Journal of Peasant Studies, 48:7, DOI: 10.1080/03066150.2021.1998002
 Satendra Kumar (2021), Class, Caste and Agrarian Change: The Making of Farmers’
Protest,Journal of Peasant Studies, Vol 48, No.7, Pp 1371-1379.
 S. Sinha (2002) ‘Tribal Solidarity Movements in India: A Review’, in G. Shah. (ed.)
Social Movements and the State, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 251-266.

Migration and Development in India

 K. Sankaran (2021) The Fundamental Freedom to Migrate within India, Economic and
Political Weekly, 56(23)
 Upadhya, and R. Mario (2012) "Migration, transnational flows, and development in
India: a regional perspective." Economic and Political Weekly (2012): 54-62.
 P. Deshingkar (2008). Circular internal migration and development in India. Migration
and development within and across broader: Research and policy perspectives on
internal andinternational migration, 161-188.
 R. Marchang (2022) Emerging Pattern and Trend of Migration in Megacities, Economic
andPolitical Weekly, 57 (15)
 Additional Readings:
 R. Desai (ed.) Agrarian Struggles in India after Independence, Delhi: Oxford University
Press,pp. 566-588.
 Nayar (ed.) (2007) Globalisation and Politics in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 S. Roy and K. Debal (2004), Peasant Movements in Post-Colonial India: Dynamics of
Mobilisation and Identity, Delhi: Sage.

155
 G. Omvedt (1983), Reinventing Revolution: New Social Movements and the Socialist
Tradition inIndia, New York: Sharpe.
 G. Shah (ed.) (2002) Social Movements and the State. New Delhi: Sage Publications.
 G. Shah (2004), Social Movements in India: A Review of Literature, New Delhi: Sage
Publications.
 G. Rath (ed.) (2006), Tribal Development in India: The Contemporary Debate, New
Delhi: Sage publications.
 J. Harris (2009), Power Matters: Essays on Institutions, Politics and Society in India,
Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 K. Suresh (ed.) (1982) Tribal Movements in India, Vol I and II, New Delhi: Manohar
(emphasis on the introductory chapter).
 M. Mohanty, P. Mukherje and O. Tornquist (1998), People’s Rights: Social Movements
and the State in the Third World, New Delhi: Sage Publications.
 M.S.A. Rao (ed.) (1978) Social Movements in India, Vol.2, Delhi: Manohar.
 N.G. Jayal, and P.B. Mehta (eds.) (2010) The Oxford Companion to Politics in India,
Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 P. Bardhan (2005), The Political Economy of Development in India, 6th Impression,
Delhi: Oxford University Press.
 R. Mukherji (ed.), India’s Economic Transition: The Politics of Reforms, Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
 R. Ray and M. Katzenstein (ed.) (2005), Social Movements in India: Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
 S. Chakravarty (1987), Development Planning: The Indian Experience, Delhi: Oxford
University Press

156
 PSMA 411 : Comparative Constitutionalism

Course Objectives
This course intends to make students comprehend differentiated forms of constitutional
practices. Distinguishing between constitutions as historical texts and constitutionalism as the
ideological site providing justification for specific constitutional theory and practices, the
course will attempt to familiarize students with the multiple sites of constitutional politics
across jurisdictions. Bringing in comparative inferences from different countries, the course
addresses questions such as, what is a constitution, what are the processes through which
constitutions evolve, and what are the different underlying principles they pledge, what rights
are incorporated in the constitutions and what are the implications of their incorporation, are
constitutions static/stagnant or do they embody principles of transformative change? For
adequate responses to these questions, the course takes the students along the diverse historical
experiences of constitutional development and their forms, their relationship with culture and
democracy and the conception of transformative constitutionalism in societies transitioning
from colonial to postcolonial constitutionalism.

Course Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, students would demonstrate:
 An understanding of the conceptual difference between constitutions and
constitutionalism Awareness of varied forms of constitutional practice
 Awareness of the historical evolution of constitutions as texts and constitutionalism as
the theory and philosophy of these texts, in a comparative perspective
 An understanding of the relationship between constitutionalism and democracy on the
one hand and constitutionalism and emergency on the other.

Unit 1: What is constitutionalism?

 Difference between constitution and constitutionalism Evolution of Constitutionalism
Unit2: Democracy and Constitutionalism
Unit 3: Emergency and Constitutionalism
Unit 4: Transformative Constitutionalism
Unit 5: Gendering Constitutionalism
Unit 6: Environmental Constitutionalism

Unit-wise reading list

What is constitutionalism?
 Gerhard Casper,Constitutionalism,Occasional Papers- Law School Publications,
University of Chicago Law School, Chicago Unbound, 1987, pp.3-17.
 Dieter Grimm, Types of constitutions, in Michel Rosenfeld and AndrasSajo (eds),
Comparative Constitutional Law, The Oxford handbook of comparative constitutional
law, Oxford University Press, 2012.
 Stephen Holmes, Constitutions and Constitutionalism, in Michel Rosenfeld and Andras

157
 Sajo (eds), Comparative Constitutional Law, The Oxford handbook of comparative
constitutional law, OxfordUniversity Press, 2012.
 Larry Alexander, Constitutionalism, Legal Studies Research Paper Series, Research
Paper No.07- 04, September 2005.
 Kim Lane Schepple, ‘The Agendas of Comparative Constitutionalism,’ Law and
Courts, Spring 2003, pp.5-22.
http://www.law.nyu.edu/lawcourts/pubs/newsletter/spring03.pd
Democracy and Constitutionalism
 Jon Elster and Rune Slagstad. Introduction, in Constitutionalism and Democracy. 2012.
 Richard Bellamy and Dario Castiglione, Constitutionalism and Democracy - Political
Theoryandthe American Constitution (Review Article), British Journal of Political
Science, Vol. 27, No. 4, 1997, pp. 595-618
 Gunter Frankenberg, Democracy, in Michel Rosenfeld and Andras Sajo (eds),
Comparative Constitutional Law, The Oxford handbook of comparative constitutional
law, Oxford University Press, 2012.
 Ronald Dworkin, ‘Constitutionalism and Democracy’, European Journal of
Philosophy, 1995, 3,pp.
 2–11
Emergency and Constitutionalism
 J Ferejohn, Emergency Powers and Constitutionalism, International Journal of
Constitutional Law, Volume 2, Issue 2, 2004, pp. 207–209,
 Venkat Iyer, States of Emergency and International Law, in States of Emergency, the
Indian Experience, Butterworths, 2000, pp. 1-21
 Anil Kalhan, ‘Constitution and ‘Extraconstitution’: Emergency powers in postcolonial
Pakistanand India’, Drexel University Earle Mack School of Law Legal Studies
Research Paper Series2009 – A-16, http://www.ssrn.com/link/Drexel-U-LEG.html
 Clement Fatovic, Constitutionalism and Presidential Prerogative: Jeffersonian and
Hamiltonian Perspectives, American Journal of Political Science, Vol. 48, No. 3, 2004
 Melbourne Forum on Constitution-building, ‘Legal Approaches to Responding to
Emergencies: Covid- 19 as a Case Study’, Constitutional Insights no. 6, September
2021.
Transformative Constitutionalism
 Pius Langa, 'Transformative Constitutionalism', 17 Stellenbosch Law Review, 351,
2006.
 Anupama Roy (Transformative Constitutionalism and Constitutional Insurgencies- sub
section,pp. 16- 22) Making Citizenship Familiar, in Gendered Citizenship, Historical
and Conceptual Exploration, Orient BlackSwan, 2013.
 Hailbronner, Michaela, Transformative Constitutionalism: Not Only in the Global
South American Journal of Comparative Law, Volume 65, Issue 3, 2016, Available at
SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2777695
 Gautam Bhatia, Prologue- The Past is a Foreign Country, in Transformative
Constitutionalism- Aradical Biography in Nine Acts, Harper Collins Publishers India,
2019.

158
Gendering Constitutionalism
 Helen Irving, Introduction, in Gender and the Constitution, Equity and Agency in
Comparative Constitutional Design, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2008.
 Catharine Mackinnon, ‘Gender in Constitutions’, Michel Rosenfeld and Andras Sajo
(eds), Comparative Constitutional Law, The Oxford handbook of comparative
constitutional law, OxfordUniversity Press, 2012.
 Beverley Baines, ‘Introduction’, in Daphne Barak-Erez, and Tsvi Kahana (eds).
Feminist Constitutionalism, Global Perspectives. Cambridge University Press, 2012.
Environmental Constitutionalism
 Arnold Kreilhuber. “New Frontiers in Environmental Constitutionalism in New
Frontiers in Environmental Constitutionalism, United Nations Environment
Programme (UN Environment), 2017,
https://www.informea.org/sites/default/files/imported-documents/Frontiers-
Environmental- Constitutionalism.pdf.
 Erin Daly, Louis Kotzé, James R. May. “Introduction to Environmental
Constitutionalism in New Frontiers in Environmental Constitutionalism,
United Nations Environment Programme (UN
Environment) May, 2017,
https://www.informea.org/sites/default/files/imported-documents/Frontiers-
Environmental- Constitutionalism.pdf
 James R. May and Erin Daly. Judicial Handbook on Environmental Constitutionalism,
United Nations Environment Programme (UN Environment), 2017,
https://www.iucn.org/sites/dev/files/content/documents/2_judicial_handbook_on_envi
ron mental _constitutionalism_march_2017.pdf
Additional Readings:
 Charles Howard McIlwain, Constitutionalism, Ancient and Modern, Cornell University
Press,Ithaca, New York, 1947.
 Jon Elster, 'Forces and Mechanisms in the Constitution-Making Process', Duke Law
Journal, Vol.45, No, 364, 1995, pp. 364-396.
 Mark Tushnet, Advanced Introduction to Comparative Constitutional
Law, EdwardElgar,Cheltenham, 2014 [Introduction and Conclusion].
 Charles Howard McIlwain, Constitutionalism, Ancient and Modern, Cornell University
Press,Ithaca, New York, 1947.
 Jeremy Waldron, ‘Constitutionalism: A Skeptical View,’ Public Law and Legal Theory
ResearchPaper Series, Electronic copy available at: http://ssrn.com/abstract=172277
 Carl J. Friedrich, Constitutional Government and Democracy, Theory and Practice in
Europe andAmerica, Oxford and IBH Publishing, New Delhi, 1974 (first Indian reprint)
 Sunil Khilnani, Vikram Raghavan and Arun K. Thiruvengadam
(eds), Comparative Constitutionalism in South Asia, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi,
 2013.
 Bruce Ackerman, ‘The Emergency Constitution’, The Yale Law Journal, Vol. 113, No.
5 (Mar., 2004), pp. 1029-1091.

159
 James Tully, Strange Multiplicity, Constitutionalism in an age of diversity, Cambridge
UniversityPress, Cambridge, 1995.
 Julian Go, ‘A Globalizing Constitutionalism? Views from the Postcolony’, 1945–2000,
International Sociology, March 2003, Vol 18(1).
 Upendra Baxi, ‘Constitutionalism as a Site of State Formative Practices’, 21 Cardozo
Law Review,1183, 2000.
 Upendra Baxi, ‘Postcolonial Legality’, in Henry Schwartz and Sangeeta Ray (eds.), A
Companionto Postcolonial Studies, Blackwell, 2000.
 Upendra Baxi, ‘Alternate Constitutionalisms under Signatures of Capitalism’, Modern
Law reviewSymposium on Globalisation and Constitutionalism, 6 June 2003.
 Upendra Baxi, ‘Preliminary Notes on Transformative Constitutionalism’, BISA
Conference: Courting Justice, Delhi, April 27-29, 2008

160
 PSMA 412 : Dilemmas in Politics

Course Objective
This course will explore, analyze and evaluate some of the central issues, values and debates
in the contemporary world that have a bearing on normative political inquiry. The issues
selected as dilemmas, though not exhaustive, are some of the salient ones discussed across
societies.

Course Learning Outcomes

After taking this course, the learner will be able to appreciate:
 Why these dilemmas are part of the human condition;
 And How societies negotiate them politically.

Unit 1: The Moral Economy of Violence (2 weeks)

Unit 2: Social Exclusion, Capabilities and the Politics of Empowerment (2 weeks)
Unit 3: Global Justice and Cosmopolitanism (2 weeks)
Unit 4: Feminism and the Politics of Interpretation (2 weeks)
Unit 5: Debating human rights: the politics of Humanitarian Intervention (2 weeks)
Unit 6: Ecology and Political Responsibility (2 weeks)

Unit wise reading list

The Moral Economy of Violence
 Hobbes, T. (1994) Leviathan, ed. Edwin Curley. Indianapolis: Hackett (Chapters 13
and 14). Arendt, Hannah. (1969) On Violence.
New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing
Company.
 Tilly, C. (2003) Politics of Collective Violence.
New York: CambridgeUniversity Press, pp. 1- 54.
 Ungar, M., Bermanzohn, S. A. and Worcester, K. (2002) ‘Violence and Politics’, in
Ungar, M., Worcester,
 K. (eds), Violence and Politics: Globalization’s Paradox. New York: Routledge, pp. 1-
12.
Social Exclusion, Capabilities and the Politics of Empowerment
 Sen, A. (2000) Social Exclusion: Concept, Application, and Scrutiny. Social
Development PapersNo. 1 (June), Asian Development Bank.
 Sen, A. (1995) Inequality Reexamined. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 39-
55, 73-87.
 Sen, A. (1998) Development as Freedom. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 87-
110.
Global Justice and Cosmopolitanism

161
  Fabre, C. (2007) Justice in a Changing World. Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 95-112.
 Held, D. (2005) ‘Principles of Cosmopolitan Order’, in Brock, G. and Brighouse, H.
(eds),
 Political Philosophy of Cosmopolitanism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.
10-38.
 Sypnowich, C. (2005) ‘Cosmopolitans, Cosmopolitanism and Human Flourishing’, in
Brock, G. and Brighouse, H. (eds), Political Philosophy of Cosmopolitanism.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 55-74.
Feminism and the Politics of Interpretation
 Jaggar, A. (1983) Feminist Politics and Human Nature. Forbes Boulevard: Rowman
and Litlefield, pp. 1-13; 353-394.
 Chambers, C. (2008) ‘Gender’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory. New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 265-288.
 Shanley, M. and Pateman, C. (1991) ‘Introduction’ in M. Shanley and C. Pateman
(eds),Feminist Interpretations and Political Theory. Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 1-10.
Debating human rights: the politics of Humanitarian Intervention
 Orend, B. (2002) Human Rights: Concept and Context. Peterborough: Broadview
Press, pp.15- 101, 129- 190.
 Coady, C. A. J. (2008) ‘War and Intervention’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political
Theory.New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 56-79.
 Keohane, R. O. (2003). ‘Introduction’, in Holzgrefe, J. L. and Keohane, R. O. (eds)
Humanitarian Intervention: Ethical, Legal and Political Dilemmas. New York:
Cambridge University Press. pp. 1-14.
 Holzgrefe, J. L. (2003). ‘The Humanitarian Debate’, in Holzgrefe, J. L. and Keohane,
R. O. (eds) Humanitarian Intervention: Ethical, Legal and Political Dilemmas. New
York: Cambridge University Press. pp. 15-53.
 Teson, F. R. (2003). ‘The Liberal case for Humanitarian Intervention’, in Holzgrefe, J.
L. and Keohane,
 R. O. (eds) Humanitarian Intervention: Ethical, Legal and Political Dilemmas.
NewYork: Cambridge University Press. pp. 56-79.
 Smits, K. (2009). Can Military Intervention in Other Countries be Justified on
Humanitarian Grounds?’, in Applying Political Theory: Issues and Debates. Palgrave
Macmillan. Pp. 209-
 229. Parekh, B. (1997). ‘Rethinking Humanitarian Intervention’, International Political
Science Review 18: 49-69.
Ecology and Political Responsibility
 Eckersley, R. (1992) Environmentalism and Political Theory:
Towards an Ecocentric Approach,London: UCL Press, pp. 1-71.
 Clark, M. (1993) ‘Environmentalism’, in Bellamy, R. (ed.), Theory and Concepts of
Politics.
 New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 243-264.
 Bryant, R. L. & Bailey, S. (1997) Third World Political Ecology: An Introduction,
London: Routledge, pp. 27-47.

162
  Jamieson, D. (2008) ‘Environment’, in McKinnon, C. (ed), Issues in Political Theory.
New York:Oxford University Press, pp. 313-335.
 Smits, K. (2009). ‘Should the Natural Environment be Protected for Future
Generations?’, in Applying Political Theory: Issues and Debates. Palgrave Macmillan.
pp. 230-250.
Additional Readings
 Arendt, Hannah. (1969) On Violence. New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt
Publishing Company.
 Hobbes, T. (1994) Leviathan, ed. Edwin Curley. Indianapolis: Hackett. Weber, M.
(1965)
 Politics as Vocation. Fortress Press.
 Mandle, J. (2006) Global Justice. Cambridge: Polity Press. De Beauvoir, S. (1949) The
Second Sex. Paris: Gallimard.
 Walzer, M. (1977) Just and Unjust Wars: A Moral Argument with Historical
Illustrations. New York: Basic Books.
 Dobson, A. (2000) Green Political Thought. London: Routledge. Fanon, F. (1963). The
Wretched of the Earth. New York: Grove Press.
 Gunn, R. (1993). “Politics and Violence”, Bellamy, R. (ed.), Theories and Concepts in
Politics: An Introduction. New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 265-292.
 Byrre, D. J. (2003) Human Rights. New Delhi: Pearson, pp. 1-71.
 Holzgrefe, J. L. and Keohane, R. O. (eds) Humanitarian Intervention: Ethical, Legal
and Political Dilemmas. New York: Cambridge University Press.
 Moellendorf, D. (2002) Cosmopolitan Justice. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Okin, S.
M. (1989) Justice, Gender and the Family. New York: Basic Books.

163
 PSMA 413 : Citizenship and Governance

Course Objective
The objective of this course is to introduce to the students to the meaning and models of
governance and their relationship with citizens. There is a broader agreement on this premise
that active citizen participation leads to better governance. In other words, even the best policies
may not essentially lead to success even if government machinery intends to do it. This module
allows the students to critically engage in discussions on laws and issues which touch our lives
on a daily basis.
Course Learning Outcomes:
 Students will come to know about the meaning and different models of governance.
 Students will be able to explain what role both the states and citizens are to play in
realizing the goal of government.
 They will be able to explain the meaning and nature of Citizen’s Charter in India.
 They will come to know what is Right to information and whether it has contributed to
the good governance at all.
 Students will be able to explain what consumer rights are and how the Consumer
Protection rights protect the consumer against any spurious, faulty and fraudulent
designs of the sellers and manufacturers.
Unit 1: Government and Governance
 Meaning of Governance and Good Governance Factors and Models of Good
Governance
Unit 2: Democracy and Governance
 Governance with and without Democracy
 Relationship between Democracy and Good Governance
Unit 3: State and Citizenship in Governance
 Role of the state in governance, policy formulations and enforcement of Social Audit
 Role of the citizen in Governance: Civic Culture, Citizen Participation and Social Audit
Unit 4: Institutional and Legal Arrangements
 Citizen Charter Right to Information
 Consumer Protection Act
 E-Governance, Mobile Governance Public Service Delivery
Unit 5: Indian Ombudsman
 Lokpal Lokayukta
Unit 6: Key Areas of Governance Issues
 Environment Governance
 Education and Health Governance

164
Unit wise reading list
Unit 1: Government and Governance
 Frederickson, H. George et al. (2015). Theories of Governance In The Public
Administration Theory Primer, Boulder, CO: Westview Press, pp. 219-244.
 Leftwich, A. (1994). Governance, the State and the Politics of Development.
Development and Change, 25(2), Blackwell Publishing Ltd, pp. 363–86.
 World Bank Report. (2017). World Development Report: Governance and the
Law.Washington. Keping, Y. (2018). Governance and Good Governance: A New
Framework for Political Analysis.
 Fudan Journal of the Humanities and Social Sciences, 11(1), pp. 1–8.
 Singh, A. P., & Murari, K. (2018). Governance: Issues and Challenges. New Delhi:
Pearson.
 Ragi, S. K. (2019). Citizenship and Governance. New Delhi: National Book Trust.
Unit 2: Democracy and Governance
 Currie, B. (1996). Governance, Democracy and Economic Adjustment in India:
Conceptual and Empirical Problems. Third World Quarterly, 17(4), pp. 787-807.
 Leftwich, A. (1993). Governance, Democracy and Development in the Third World.
Third World Quarterly, 14(3), pp. 605-624.
Unit 3: State and Citizenship in Governance
 Capano, G. (2015). Bringing Governments Back In Governance and Governing in
Comparative Policy Analysis. Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis: Research and
Practice, 17(4): 311- 321.
 Faur, D. L. (2012). From “Big Government” to “Big Governance”? The Oxford
Handbook of Governance. Crow, D. (2009). How Citizens Interact with Their
Government and Why We Care. Public Administration Review, 69(2), pp. 353-355.
 Shastri, S. (2002). Citizen Confidence in Political Institutions and Processes in India:
Some Findings from the World Values Survey. The Indian Journal of Political Science,
63(1), pp. 89- 104. Almond, G., & Verba, S. (1963). The Civic Culture: Political
Attitudes and Democracy in Five Nations.Princeton University Press.
Unit 4: Institutional and Legal Arrangements
 Haque, M. S. (2007). Limits of the Citizen's Charter in India: The critical impacts of
social exclusion. Journal of Public Management Review, pp. 391-416.
 Paul, S. (2008). India's Citizen's Charters: In Search of a Champion. Economic and
Political Weekly, 43(7), pp. 67-73.
 Jain, A. (2012). Good Governance and Right to Information: A Perspective. Journal of
the Indian Law Institute, 54(4), pp. 506-519.
 Birkinshaw, P. (2006). Freedom of Information and Openness: Fundamental Human
Rights?Administrative Law Review, 58(1), pp. 177-218.
 Saxena, I. (1988). The Consumer Protection Act 1986: A Viewpoint. Journal of the
Indian Law Institute, 30(3), pp. 321-331.
 Saxena, A. (2005). E-Governance and Good Governance: The Indian Context.The
Indian Journal of Political Science, 66(2), pp. 313-328.
 Yadav, S. (2009). Implementing E-Governance in India Exploring the Administrative

165
 Reforms Agenda. The Indian Journal of Political Science, 70(3), pp. 679-692.
 Paul, S. et al. (2004). State of India's Public Services: Benchmarks for the States.
Economic and Political Weekly, 39(9), pp. 920-933.
 Sangita, S. (2007). Decentralisation for Good Governance and Service Delivery in
India: Theory and Practice. The Indian Journal of Political Science, 68(3), pp. 447- 464.
Unit 5: Indian Ombudsman
 Panchu, S. (2011). Lokpal: Where Do We Stand Now, and How We Got Here.
Economic and Political Weekly, 46(41), pp. 19-21.
 Panchu, S. (2012). Repairing the Lokpal Bill. Economic and Political Weekly, 47(3),
pp. 10-13. Nanth, V. (2011). Lokpal Bill Campaign: Democratic and Constitutional.
Economic and Political Weekly, 46(16), pp. 20-22.
 Jha, R. R. (2018). India’s Anti-Corruption Authorities: Lokpal and Lokayukta. Indian
Journal of Public Administration, 64(3), pp. 502–517.
Unit 6: Key Areas of Governance Issues
 Lele, S. et al. (2010). A Structure for Environmental Governance in India: A
Perspective. Economic & Political Weekly, 45(6), pp.13-16.
 Kandpal, P. C. (2018). Environmental Governance in India: Issues and Challenges.
New Delhi: Sage.
 Abrol, D. (2010). Governance of Indian Higher Education: An Alternate Proposal.
Social Scientist,38(9/12), pp. 143-177.
 Qadeer, I. (2008). Health Planning in India: Some Lessons from the Past. Social
Scientist, 36(5/6),pp. 51-75.
 Gupta, M. et al. (2010). How Might India's Public Health Systems Be Strengthened?
Lessons from Tamil Nadu. Economic and Political Weekly, 45(10), pp. 46-60.

166
 PSMA 414 : Development and Migration in Comparative Perspective

Course Objective:
The course aims to make students understand the intersectionality between migration and
development. It will deal with the shifts in theoretical paradigms in the development discourse
and focus on their interlinkages and the ensuing complexity of debates on migratory processes.
The paper blends the innovative insights from Anthropology, Sociology, and Political Science
on migration that delve into the conceptions of "new economics labour migration," the idea of
"migration hump," "network theory", "transnational theory", etc. The level of development and
politics of identity guide policy issues at the international and national levels. Recent policy
promoting and prohibiting mobility has brought out the power dimension associated with
development and migration projects, revealing the extant societal power relation. The course
would examine the impact of the policies on migration and the advantage and disadvantages of
the policies implemented to bring about a synergy or an asymmetry between the two.

Course learning outcomes

On successful completion of the course, students would demonstrate:
 An Understanding of the various dimensions of the global economy and its relationship
with the national and the local economy
 Familiarity with the debates and theories in the development discourse
 An understanding of the relationship between development paradigm and migratory
processes Familiarity with the phenomenon of migration and its impact on gender,
labour and human rights in general.

Unit 1: Development and Migration

 Neo-classical theory of development Migration and development linkage Migration
theories
Unit 2:Politics of Forced Migration
 Politics of Regional Development, Distress and Displacement State, Labour and
Migration
 Migrants as Political subjects
Unit 3:Migration and Gender
 Gender, Labor and Migration: Independent or dependent Migration and Remittance or
Control over Income
 Consequences of Migration over Gender role and Decision Making
Unit 4:Human Rights, Policies and Protection of Migrants
 Migration and Rightlessness
 Legality, Illegality of Migration and Human Rights International Conventions and
protection of Migrants

167
Unit wise reading list
Development and Migration
 Castles, Stephen (2008) Development and Migration – Migration and Development:
What comes first?
https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.674.2219&rep=rep1&type
=pdf
 King Russell (2013). Theories and Typologies of Migration: An Overview And A
Primer, Willy Brandt Series of Working Papers in International Migration and Ethnic
Relations,3/12 Malmö University. Malmo Institute for Studies of migration, diversity
and welfare (MIM).
 King, R., Collyer, M. (2016). Migration and Development Framework and Its Links to
Integration. In: Garcés-Mascareñas, B., Penninx, R. (eds) Integration Processes and
Policies in Europe. IMISCOE Research Series. Springer, Cham.
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3- 319-21674-4_10
 Esteva, Gustavo (2010) Development in Wolfgang Sach ed., Development Dictionary:
a guide toknowledge as power, London and New York, Zed books
 Sanyal, Kalyan. (2007.) Introduction, in Sanyal, Kalyan, Rethinking capitalist
development: Primitive accumulation, governmentality and post-colonial capitalism.
London and New York. Routledge. Lange, Mathew, Mahoney, James and Hau,
Matthias vom (2006) Colonialism and Development: A Comparative Analysis of
Spanish and British Colonies, American Journalof Sociology, Vol.111number 5.Pp
1412-1462
 Koser, Khalid (2007) International Migration A Very Short Introduction, Oxford,
Oxford University Press
 Van Hear, Nicholas and Ninna Nyberg Sorenson (2002) The Migration-Development
Nexus.International Migration Vol. 40 (5) Special Issue 2.
 Haas, Hein de (2008) Migration and Development: A Theoretical Perspective, Working
Papers, International Migration Institute.
Politics of Forced Migration
 Samaddar, Ranabir. (2020.) “The spectral presence of the migrant.” Pp. 110-124, in
Mitra, Iman Kumar, RanabirSamaddar, and SamitaSeneds. The Postcolonial Age of
Migration, New York: Routledge (South Asia edition)
 SandroMezzadra (2016) “What’s at Stake in the Mobility of Labour? Borders,
Migration,Contemporary Capitalism”, Migration, Mobility, and Displacement, 2 (1: pp.
30-43),
 McNeill William H. and Ruth S. Adams (1978) Human Migration: Patterns and
Policies, Indiana University Press, Bloomington & London
 Kundu, Amitabh Migration (1986) Urbanisation and Inter-Regional Inequality: The
Emerging Socio- Political Challenge. Economic and Political Weekly, Nov. 15, 1986,
21 (46): 2005-2008
 Massey Douglas S. (2009), The Political Economy of Migration in an Era of
Globalization, in International Migration and Human Rights, University
of California Press,

168
https://content.ucpress.edu/chapters/11307.ch01.pdf
 Nicholls, W. J. (2015). The Politics of Regional Development. Territory, Politics,
Governance, vol3 no 3, PP 227–234.
 Mohanty, Manoranjan (2021) Migrant labour on Center Stage, but Politics Fails them,
in Asha Hans, Kalpana Kannabiran, Manoranjan Mohanty and Pushpendra, Migration,
Workers and Fundamental Freedoms: Pandemic Vulnerabilities and states of exception
in India, London and New York Routledge. pp 9–23
 Mitra, Iman Kumar, Ranabir Samaddar, and Samita Sen (2017) Introduction: A Post-
Colonial Critique of Capital Accumulation Today, in Mitra, Iman Kumar, Ranabir
Samaddar, and SamitaSen Accumulation in Post-Colonial Capitalism, Singapore
Accumulation in Post- ColonialCapitalism, Singapore, Springer
Migration and Gender
 Banerjee, Paula (2022) What is Feminist about Studying Women’s Forced Migration
in ChowdhoryNasreen and Paula Banerjee, eds. Gender, Identity and Migration in
India, Palgrave Macmillan. Pp 43-52
 Agnihotri, Indu and Asha Hans (2021) The “New Normal”: Making Sense of Women
Migrants’ Encounter with Covid-19 in India, in Asha Hans, Kalpana Kannabiran,
Manoranjan Mohanty and Pushpendra, Migration, Workers and Fundamental
Freedoms: Pandemic Vulnerabilities and states of exception in India, London and New
York Routledge. Pp 53– 66
 Susanne Buckley-Zistel and Ulrike Krause (eds.) (2019) Gender, Violence, Refugees
(New York and Oxford: Berghahn Books,)Latefa Narriman Guemar (2018) “The
Feminization of Forced Migration during Conflict: The Complex Experiences of
Algerian Women Who Fled in the ‘Black Decade’”, Journal of RefugeeStudies, 32 (3),
pp. 482-501
 Taroa Zuniga Silva (2021) “Migrant Women are Holding Society Together during This
Pandemic”,The Bullet, 12 April
 Tilly, Charles (2007). “Trust Networks in Transnational Migration,” Sociological
Forum 22 (1).
 Canefe, Nergis (2022) Gender, Dispossession, and
Ethics of Witnessing: Method as Intervention, in
Chowdhory Nasreen and Paula Banerjee, eds.Gender,
Identity and Migration in India, PalgraveMacmillan, pp. 81–97
 Menon, Shaileja (2022) “If only I were a Male”: Work value, and the Female Body, in
Chowdhory Nasreen and Paula Banerjee, eds. Gender, Identity and Migration in India,
Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 119- 138
 Canefe, Nergis, Paula Banerjee, Nasreen Chowdhory (2022) Gender, Identity and
Displacement: Nexus Requirements for a Critical Epistemology in Chowdhory Nasreen
and Paula Banerjee Gender, Identity and Migration in India, Palgrave Macmillan, pp
1–14
Human Rights, Policies and Protection of Migrants
 The UN International Convention on the Protection of the Rights of All Migrant
Workers and Members of their Families,https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-

169
 mechanisms/instruments/international-convention-protection-rights-all-migrant-
workers
 De Genova, N. P. (2002). Migrant “Illegality” and Deportability in Everyday Life.
Annual Review of Anthropology, 31(1), 419–447.
 Garcés-Mascareñas, B. (2010). Legal production of illegality in a comparative
perspective. The cases of Malaysia and Spain. Asia Europe Journal vol 8, Pp 77–89
 Srivastava, Ravi. 2020. “Labour Migration, Vulnerability, and Development Policy:
The Pandemic as Inflexion Point?” Indian Journal of Labour Economics 63 (4): 859–
83. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41027-020-00301-x.
 Rights of Migrant Workers, United Nation’s enable
https://www.un.org/esa/socdev/enable/comp509.htm
 AytenGungogdu (2015) Rightlessness in an Age of Rights: Hannah Arendt and the
Contemporary Struggles of Migrants,Oxford: Oxford University Press,
 Ahn, Pong-sul ed. (2004) Migrant Workers and Human Rights Out-Migration from
South Asia, International Labour
Organization,https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/@asia/@ro-
bangkok/@sro- new_delhi/documents/publication/wcms_124657.pdf
 Chowdhory, Nasreen and Shamna Thacham Poyil (2021) Mobile Population and
Pandemic Citizenship, in Asha Hans, Kalpana Kannabiran, Manoranjan Mohanty and
Pushpendra, Migration, Workers and Fundamental Freedoms: Pandemic
Vulnerabilities and states of exception in India, London and New York Routledge. pp
24-37
 Rajan, Irudaya S, Renjini Rajagopalan and P Sivakumar (2021) The Long Walk
towards Uncertainty: The Migrant Dilemma in times of Covid-19 in India, in Asha
Hans, Kalpana Kannabiran, Manoranjan Mohanty and Pushpendra, Migration, Workers
and Fundamental Freedoms: Pandemic Vulnerabilities and states of exception in India,
London and New York Routledge, 67–80

170
 B.A Honours (With Research) in Political Science
Semester VIII
Sl.No Course Code Title of the Course Credits

Major
1. PSMA 415 Ethics, Politics and Governance 4
2. PSMA 416 Research Methods in Political Science 4
3. PSMA 417 Project/Dissertation and Viva-voce 12
Total 20

171
 PSMA 415 : Ethics, Politics and Governance

Course Objective :
This course dwells on how and why ethical issues lie at the centre of politics and governance.
From the issues of distributive justice to choices related to the use of technology, many
contemporary political practices demand ethical reasoning for which a more focused and
comprehensive engagement between ethics, politics and governance is called for.

Course Learning Outcomes

After taking this course, the learner will be able to appreciate:
 Demonstrate ethical awareness, the ability to do ethical reflection, and the ability to
apply ethical principles in decision-making.
 How to use specific capacities and skills to make moral decisions and ethical judgments.
Unit 1: The Nature of Ethical Reasoning
 Rationality and Objectivity in Ethics
 Ethical Reasoning in Politics: Consequentialist, Deontological and Virtue Ethics
Theories Values in Organizations and Professions
Unit 2: Poverty and Hunger
 Hunger, Homelessness and Freedom Hunger: Capabilities and the Right to Food
International Obligations to Remove Poverty
Unit 3: Corruption
 Public Ethics and Private Morality Corruption in Public and Private Life
 The Problem of corruption and Democracy
Unit 4: Free Speech
 Values of Free Speech and its Moral Limits Free Speech and Democracy
 Social Media: Enabler or Deceptive?
Unit 5: Ethics of New Emerging Technologies Technology and Neutrality:
 AI, Big Data Analytics, IOT Technology and Autonomy: The Dilemma of Control
Transhumanism
Unit 6: Issues in ICT
 Algorithm Bias, Decision Making, Digital Surveillance, Digital Democracy and
Manipulation of Choice Ethical Audit of Technology

Unit wise reading list

Unit 1
 Raz, Joseph, Ethics in the Public Domain: Essays in the Morality of Law and Politics,
Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995.
 Boston, Jonathan, Andrew Bradstock, David Eng, Public Policy: Why Ethics Matters,
Canberra,ANU E-Press, 2010.
 Rachels, James and Stuart Rachels, The Elements of Moral Philosophy, 9th Edition,
McGraw Hill,2018.

172
  Lazari-Radek, Katarzyna de, and Peter Singer. “The Objectivity of Ethics and the Unity
of Practical Reason.” Ethics 123, no. 1 (2012): 9–31.
 Scott, Elizabeth D. “Organizational Moral Values.” Business Ethics Quarterly 12, no.
1(2002):33– 55.
 Beauchamp, Tom. I and James F. Childress, Principles of Biomedical Ethics, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 2012.
Unit 2
 Schramm, Michael, Thomas Pogge, Elke Mack, Absolute Poverty and Global Justice
Empirical Data-Moral Theories – Initiatives, Routledge, 2009. Chs. 1-3.
 Cabrera, Luis. ‘Poverty, Inequality and Global Distributive Justice’ in Patrick Hayden
(ed.), The Ashgate Research Companion to Ethics and International Relations, Ashgate,
2009, Ch. 18.
Unit 3
 Lever, Annabelle, and Andrei Poama. The Routledge Handbook of Ethics and Public
Policy.London: Routledge, 2020. Chs. 11, 20, 24
 Primoratz, Igor (ed.), Politics and Morality, New York, Palgrave MacMillan, 2007
Archard, David. “Dirty Hands and the Complicity of the Democratic Public.” Ethical
Theory andMoral Practice 16, no. 4 (2013): 777–90.
 Williams, Bernard, “Politics and Moral Character”, in Stuart Hampshire (ed.), Public
and PrivateMorality, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 55–73, 1978.
 Walzer, Michael, 1973, “Political Action: The Problem of Dirty Hands”, Philosophy
and PublicAffairs, 2 (2): 160–180.
Unit 4
 Stone, Adrienne, and Frederick Schauer. The Oxford Handbook of Freedom of Speech.
Oxford University Press, 2021. Chs. 4, 5, 8
 Redish, Martin H. “The Value of Free Speech.” University of Pennsylvania Law
Review 130, no. 3 (1982): 591–645.
 Scanlon, Thomas, A Theory of Freedom of Expression, Philosophy & Public Affairs,
Vol. 1, No.2(Winter, 1972), pp. 204-226 (23 pages)
 Gunatilleke, Gehan. “Justifying Limitations on the Freedom of
Expression.” Hum Rights Rev 22, 91–108 (2021).
 Rogers, Richard, and Sabine Niederer, eds. The Politics
of Social Media Manipulation.
 AmsterdamUniversity Press, 2020. Chs. 1, 2, 4
 Shirky, Clay. “The Political Power of Social Media: Technology, the Public Sphere,
and PoliticalChange.” Foreign Affairs 90, no. 1 (2011): 28–41.
 Zeitzoff, Thomas. “How Social Media Is Changing Conflict.” The Journal of Conflict
Resolution61, no. 9 (2017): 1970–91.
Unit 5
 Liao, S. Matthew. Ethics of Artificial Intelligence. New York, NY, United States of
America: Oxford University Press, 2020. Chs. 1, 13, 17
 Sandler, Ronald L. (Ed). Ethics and Emerging Technologies. Palgrave Macmillan,
2014: Chs.1, 3, 5, 8, 9, 31 & 35.

173
  Dignum, Virginia. Responsible Artificial Intelligence: How to Develop and Use AI in
a Responsible Way.: Springer, 2020. Chs. 2, 3, 5
 Strate, Lance. “If It’s Neutral, It’s Not Technology.” Educational Technology 52, no. 1
(2012): 6– 9.
 Genus, Audley, and Andy Stirling. “Collingridge and the Dilemma of Control: Towards
Responsible and Accountable Innovation.” Research Policy. North-Holland, October
5, 2017.
 Stinson, Catherine. “Algorithms Are Not Neutral - AI and Ethics.” SpringerLink.
Springer International Publishing, January 31, 2022.
 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s43681-022-00136-w
 Williams, Betsy Anne, Catherine F. Brooks, and Yotam Shmargad. “How Algorithms
Discriminate Based on Data They Lack: Challenges, Solutions, and Policy
Implications.” Journalof Information Policy 8 (2018): 78–115.
 Graham, Elaine. “Nietzsche Gets A Modem’: Transhumanism And The Technological
Sublime.”Literature and Theology 16, no. 1 (2002): 65–80.
Unit 6
 Wagner, Ben, Matthias C. Kettemann, and Kilian Vieth. Research Handbook on Human
Rights and Digital Technology: Global Politics, Law and International Relations.
Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing, 2020. Chs. 2, 5, 6, 11
 Zuboff, Shoshana. “Big Other: Surveillance Capitalism and the Prospects of an
Information Civilization.”
 Journal of Information Technology 30, no. 1 (March 2015): 75–89.
 Adeney, Bernard T. 1994. “The Dark Side of Technology”. Transformation 11 (2): 21-
25 Russo, Federica. “Digital Technologies, Ethical Questions, and the Need of an
Informational
 Susser, Daniel, Beate Roessler, and Helen Nissenbaum. “Online Manipulation: Hidden
Influencesin a Digital World.” SSRN, January 8, 2019.
 Nadler, Anthony, and Joan Donovan. “Weaponizing the Digital Influence Machine.”
Data & Society. Data & Society Research Institute, October
17,2018.
 https://datasociety.net/library/weaponizing-the-digital-influence-machine/.
 Brown, Shea, Jovana Davidovic, and Ali Hasan. “The Algorithm Audit: Scoring the
Algorithms That Score Us.” Big Data & Society (January 2021).

174
 PSMA 416: Research Methods in Political Science

Course objective
The course would serve as the first formal introduction to the basics of social science research
in the specific context of the discipline of Political Science. As an elementary course to
introduce the students to the fundamentals of research in the study of politics, the purpose of
the course is twin-fold - first, two familiarize students with the different methodologies to study
the discipline of politics; second, to walk them through the application of these methods
through selected texts. By the time this course is offered, the students would be familiar with
the salient analytical frameworks and arguments in the discipline. This course offers the
students the opportunity to understand the methods by which these frameworks were arrived,
the tools that were used to make them comprehensible, and the debates that the arguments
spawned. The course is divided into three parts. The first will introduce the student to some
key debates. The second takes them through the praxis of research by asking elementary
questions such as, how to conceptualize a research problem, how to formulate research
questions, etc. The third aims to introduce them to specific methodologies by using the strategy
of reading a well-known work to discern the method used accompanied by an article that
reflects upon that method.

Course Outcome:
On successful completion of the course, students would demonstrate:
 Preliminary training in basic elements of social science research
 Familiarity with how to conceptualize a research problem
 Familiarity with diverse methodologies used in the study of politics
 Skills to identify and understand the use of specific methodologies in a text
Unit 1. Introduction
 Human Enquiry and Social Science Research
 What is political inquiry? Why do we need it?
 Issues of objectivity and Interpretation in political enquiry
 Epistemological Debate- Quantitative and Qualitative analysis
Unit2. Conceptualizing Research
 Formulation of a research problem
 Framing research questions
 Sources and citations
Unit 3. Methods in the study of politics and their application?
 Empirical
 Discourse Analysis
 Archival
 Ethnography
Unit-wise reading list

175
Introduction
 G. King, R. Keohane, and S. Verba (1994) Designing Social Inquiry: Scientific
Inference in Qualitative Research, Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press,
pp. 1-12.
 MacIntyre (1971) ‘Is the Science of Comparative Politics possible?’, in Against the Self
ImagesofAge, Essays on Ideology and Philosophy, London: Schocken Books, pp.8-26.
 E Babbie (2008) Human Enquiry and Science, in The Basics of Social Research(4th
Edn.),Thomson Wordsworth pp. 3-29.
 H. Sandra and O. Heath (2020), Objectivity and Values, in Political Research: Methods
and Practical Skills (revised edition), Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 64-91.
 A Bryman (1984), The Debate about Qualitative and Quantitative Research. A Question
of Methods or Epistemology, The British Journal of Sociology, Vol. 35 , Issue 1, pp.
75- 92.
 L. Rudolph and S. Rudolph (2010) ‘An Intellectual History of the Study of Indian
Politics’, in N.Jayal and P. Mehta, The Oxford Companion to Politics in India, New
Delhi: Oxford UniversityPress,pp.555-586.
 Sudipta Kaviraj (1978), ‘How not to study method?’, in S. Kaviraj, P. Chatterjee, S. K.
Chaube,
 S. Datta Gupta eds., The State of Political Theory: Some Marxist Essays, Calcutta:
Research India Publications, Calcutta, pp.1-33
 D Vaid (2013), Perspectives on Methods in Political Science. Studies in Indian Politics,
Vol 1(1),pp.103-107.
Unit 2: Conceptualizing Research
 Bala J (2020), An Overview of Longitudinal Research Designs in Social Sciences.
Studies in Indian Politics, Vol. 8(1), pp. 105-114.
 E Babbie (2008) Research Design, in The Basics of Social Research (4th Edn.),
Thomson Wordsworth,pp. 94- 128.
 H. Sandra and O. Heath (2020) Asking Questions: How to Find and Formulate Research
Questions, in Political Research: Methods and Practical Skills (revised edition),
Oxford:Oxford University Press, pp. 93-122.
 M Mohanty, Preparing a Research Proposal, available at
http://www.polscience.du.ac.in/web4/uploads/PDF/academics/PhD/Preparing%20a%
20Re search %20Proposal%20Manoranjan%20Mohanty.pdf
Unit 3: Methods in the study of politics and their application Empirical
 Datta and D Vaid (2018). Mind the Gap?: Navigating the Quantitative and the
Qualitative in Survey Research. Studies in Indian Politics, Vol 6(1), pp. 140-145.
 S. Kumar, & P. Rai (2013) Measuring Voting Behaviour in India, New Delhi: Sage
Publications,pp.1- 12.
 FR Jensenius, G Verniers (2017) Studying Indian Politics with Large-scale Data: Indian
ElectionData 1961–Today. Studies in Indian Politics, Vol 5(2), pp. 269-275
 N Ummareddy, and A. Alam. (2021) What Do Preambles Do? A Study of
Constitutional Intent and Reality. Studies in Indian Politics. Vol 9 (2), pp. 221-238.
Discourse Analysis

176
  J. Gee (2010) An Introduction to Discourse Analysis: Theory and Method, London:
Routledge, pp.2- 10.
 H. Sandra and O. Heath (2020), Textual Analysis, in Political Research: Methods and
Practical Skills (revised edition), Oxford: OxfordUniversity Press, pp. 364-392.
 A Phadnis and A. Kashyap. (2019), The Politics of Historical Personalities: Textual
Analysis of Speeches by the Indian Prime Ministers, Working Paper at IIM Indore,
WP/02/2018 19/HSS
Archival
 K. Paul, G. Gray, and L. Melvin (eds.) (2009) ‘Introduction’, in An American Political
Archives Reader, Maryland: The Scarecrow Press.
 S. Hazareesingh and K. Nabulsi (2008) ‘Using Archival Data to Theorise about
Politics’, in David Leopold and Mark Stears (eds.), Political Theory: Methods and
Approaches Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 150-170.
Ethnography
 H. Sandra & O. Heath (2012) Political Research: Methods and Practical Skills, Oxford:
OxfordUniversity Press, pp. 287-304.
 Y. Yadav (2020), ‘On Ethnography: What Work Does “Fieldwork” Do in the Field of
Elections’, in Y. Yadav ed. Making Sense of Indian Democracy, Ranikhet: Permanent
Black, pp. 300- 324.
 S Kumar (2014) The Promise of Ethnography for the Study of Politics. Studies in Indian
Politics,Vol 2(2), pp. 237-242
Additional Reading:
 Easton (1969) ‘The New Revolution in Political Science’, in The American Political
ScienceReview, Vol. LXIII (4), pp.1051-1061.
 S. Wolin (1969) ‘Political Theory as a Vocation’, in The American Political Science
Review, Vol.LXIII (4), pp.1062-82.
 Marsh and G. Stoker (2010) Theory and Methods in Political Science, 3rd Edition,
Palgrave Macmillan.
 McNabb (2009), Research Methods for Political Science: Quantitative and Qualitative
Methods, Armonk: M.E. Sharpe [Eastern Economy Edition)

177
 PSMA 417: Project/Dissertation and Viva-Voce

Objectives:
The course aims to provide the opportunity to conduct short-term research using the training
provided through coursework in the semesters.

Course Outline:
Coursework and readings from major and minor courses will guide students in preparing and
carrying out project work/dissertation. They will write a dissertation based on their project,
which will be evaluated through the project report and viva voce.

Course Outcomes:
 The students will understand the basics of conducting research in Political Science.
 The students will have hands-on experience researching issues related to society.

178